The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2560 FARADAY AVE; ; FPC2020-0194; PermitPERMIT REPORT Fire Permit Print Date: 02/23/2022 Job Address: Permit Type: Parcel#: Valuation: Occupancy Group: #of Dwelling Units: Bedrooms: Bathrooms: Project Title: 2560 FARADAY AVE, CARLSBAD, CA 92010 FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: 2091200100 Track#: $0.00 Lot#: Project#: Plan#: Construction Type: Orig. Plan Check#: Plan Check#: Fire Sprinklers {cityof Carlsbad Permit No: FPC2020-0194 Status: Closed -Finaled Applied: 11/12/2020 Issued: 02/19/2021 Finaled Close Out: 02/23/2022 Inspector: Final Inspection: Description: OAKMONT -NEW SPRINKLER SYSTEM (NEW CONSTRUCTION, 3 STORIES, 1000 HEADS) Applicant: ALTERNATIVE FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES BRYAN GEER 9 ALCOTT ST LADERA RANCH, CA 92694-1239 (951) 245-7111 FEE FIRE Hourly Services (first hour) FIRE Hourly Services First Hour FIRE NFPA 13 System> 100 heads (includes 1 riser) FIRE Protection Sys Manual Total Fees: $1,650.00 Total Payments To Date: Fire Department $1,650.00 FPContractor: ALTERNATIVE FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES 28701 HIGHWAY 74 LAKE ELSINORE, CA 92532-2207 (951) 245-7111 Balance Due: AMOUNT $159.00 $159.00 $858.00 $474.00 $0.00 Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 I 760-602-4665 I 760-602-8561 f I www.carlsbadca.gov No. 97b CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT Fire Prevention Division 1635 Faraday Avenue-Carlsbad, CA 92008 760.602.4665 WATER AVAILABILITY FORM SECTION A: TO BE COMPLETED BY CUSTOMER f pc ?-020 -o\94 PROJECT NAME: Oakmont of Carlsbad SR#: ---------------(Assigned upon plan submittal) PROJECT ADDRESS: Faraday Avenue at El Fuerte Street (APN: 209-120-01-00) CITY: Carlsbad CONTACT: Alliance Land Planning & Engineering/ Attn: Ashley Holland PHONE: (760) 431-9896 Largest Building (ft.2): 128.745 (Livable)/ 160.823 Total Sprinkled? __ Y'""'e=s ___ _ Construction Type: ______ VA ____ _ SECTION B: TO BE COMPLETED BY LOCAL WATER COMPANY. CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE RESULTS TO CFO. Water Purveyor: _C_it ..... v_o_f_C_a_r_ls_b_a_d ___________________ _ Location of test (reference map required): On Faraday Ave (next to corner of El Fuerte Street) TEST INFORMATION IS VALID FOR 6 MONTHS FROM DATE PERFORMED Flow Test Results Static pressure: 132 PSI Hydrant Number (if applicable): H61663 Elevation of test: 245 Feet Date/Time of Test1: I Pitot Tube Reading: PSI Corresponding Flow: GPM Total Flow: 4.025 GPM Residual Pressure 106 PSI At peak demand, this water system is capable of providing a fire flow discharge at 20 psi of 5,400 gpm. However, this flow rate exceeds the District's maximum velocity criteria of 10 fps. Therefore, the maximum allowable fire flow at criteria is 4,025 gpm. 1Test to be performed as close as possible to the time the most conservative flows and pressures are expected. Note: If the water availability information was obtained in a manner other than a flow test (i.e. computer modeling), fill out the information above as applicable and check here:~ Name: Jennifer R. Mael, P.E. Eng. Lie. No. (if applicable):_C_6_96_0_6 ______ _ Date: _________ 0 ___ 8/.....,0 __ 9 ...... /2--'0_1..a.,..9 ______ _ Title/Org: Project Manager "'- ~ 1672 Oakmont of Carlsbad -Fire Flow Analysis I --Legend • w_Hydrant -0 Pipe ~ ~ ZONE ~ ~ -490 -550 -700 Prepared By: Jennifer R. Mael, P.E. -MCS ' c..:i ~ ~ ~ :E 0 u w .:= cb z 0 t; z 0 en a.. :E u5 iii :::::, en ffi a:, ~ en .,_!. SIMPSON BLUE BANGER HANGER® Cast-In-Place. Internally-Threaded Inserts Blue Banger Hanger® internally-threaded inserts are cast into the underside of the concrete deck after being fastened to the top of wood forms or metal deck. Once the concrete has cured, the anchor provides an attachment point for threaded rod used to hang electrical, mechanical and plumbing utilities. The Blue Banger Hanger insert is the only pre-pour insert to offer the patented multi-thread design which allows one size insert to handle multiple diameters of threaded rod. Ohii!;JH • Quick and easy installation saves time and money-no assembly required . • Patented multi-thread design allows each hanger to accept multiple diameters of threaded rod. Three sizes of hangers can handle all applications, reducing contractor and distributor inventories. • Multi-thread design allows threaded rod size to be chang ed after the anchor is in the concrete. • Machined steel insert with large flanged head provides high tension and shear loads for overhead attachments. • Positive attachment to form keeps the hanger vertical and in the correct position. • Internal threads eliminate the cost of rod couplers. Patented multi- thread design allows one product to handle up to three rod diameters. • The head is stamped with the Simpson Strong-Tie® ",;;'' sign for easy identification before the concrete pour. •Miii@il Carbon steel limml Yellow-zinc dichromate mmI!'I Factory Mutual 3024378 (except roof deck insert); Underwriters Laboratories File EX3605 (except roof deck insert); See pipe size limit tables. Blue Banger Hanger Product Data Hanger For Rod Deck Hole Model Carton DIIRIM Diameter Type (In.) (In.) No. Qty. ¼,3/a,½ 13/15-7/s BBMD2550 100 Metal Deck 3/a,½5/a 1 ¼-13/,a BBMD3762 50 Insert 5/a¾ 13/ia-1¼ BBM D6275 50 Roof Deck ¼,%,½ 3/a BBRD2550 50 Insert ¼,3/a,½ BBWF2550 200 Wood Form 3/a ½ 5/a N/A BBWF3762 150 Insert %¾ BBWF6275 150 DRILL EXTENSIONS: Drill extensions allow holes to be drilled for Blue Banger Hanger® insert installation without having to repeatedly bend down. An ideal way to save installation time and reduce worker fatigue. Available for use with hole saws and step drills. Drill Extensions Description 2' extension for use with hole saws 2' extension for use with 3/a" shank step drills 2' extension for use with ½" shank step drills Model No. BBDEHS BBDE37 BBDE50 Hole saws and step drills not included. Blue Banger Hanger® Metal Deck Insert (BBMD) U.S. Patent 6,240,69781 Blue Banger Hanger® Roof Deck Insert (BBRD) U.S. Patent 6,240,69781 Blue Banger Hanger® Wood Form Insert (BBWF) U.S. Patent 6,240,69781 3/4" 5/8" 1/2" 3/8" 1/4" Step Drill Bit Extension (bit not included) Hole Saw Bit Extension (bit not included) Multiple rod diameters are easily accommodated with the Blue Banger Hanger®. 159 ' c_j ~ ~ cf: :E 0 c.., w ~ (!I z 0 ~ z 0 en a.. :E ci5 iii :::::, en ::c a) a) ~ en i-!- SIMPSON BLUE BANGER HANGER® Cast-In-Place Internally Threaded Inserts Wood Form Insert: Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete Tension Load Based Threaded Embed. Min. Min. on Concrete Strength Modal Rod Depth Edge Spacing rc~3000psl No. Dia. In. Dist. In. (20.7 MPa) Concrete In. (mm) In. (mm) (mm) Uttlmate Allowable lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) ¼ BBWF2550 % 2 7 8 6,820 1,705 (51) (178) (203) (30.3) (7.6) ½ % BBWF3712 1h 2 7 8 7,. 1,840 (51) (178) (203) (32.7) (8.2) % % 2 7 8 7,420 1,855 BBWF6275 (51) (178) (203) (33.0) (8.3) ¾ Wood Form Insert: Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete Min. Shur Load Based Threaded Embed. Min. on Concrete Strength Model Rod Depth Edge Spacing rc~3000 psi Dist. No. Dia. In. In. In. (20.7 MPa) Concrete In. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) BBWF2550 ½ 2 7 8 8,750 2,185 (51 ) (178) (203) (38.9) (9.7) BBWF3712 % 2 7 8 10,700 2,875 (51) (178) (203) (47.6) (11.9) BBWF6275 ¾ 2 7 8 10,460 2,615 (51 ) (178) (203) (46.5) (11.6) Wood Form Insert: Tension Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete Min. Tension Load Based Threaded Embed. Min. on Concrete Strength Model Rod Depth Edge Spacing rc~3000psl Dist. No. Dia. In. In. In. (20.7 MPa) Concrete In. (mm) (mm) (mm) Uttlmlte Allowable lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) ¼ BBWF2550 % 2 7 8 4,280 1,070 (51 ) (178) (203) (19.0) (4.8) ½ % BBWF8275 2 7 8 4,400 1,100 ¾ (51) (178) (203) (19.6) (4.9) Wood Form Insert: Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete Shear Load Based Threaded Embed. Min. Min. on Concrete Strength Model Rod Depth Edge Spacing rc~3000psl Dist. No. Dia. In. In. In. (20. 7 MPa) Concrete In. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) BBWF2550 ½ 2 7 8 8,600 2,150 (51) (178) (203) (38.2) (9.6) BBWF6275 ¾ 2 7 8 9,280 2,315 (51) (178) (203) (41.2) (10.3) Tension Load Based on Rod Strength A307 (SAE 1018) Allowable lbs. (kN) 940 (4.2) 2,105 (9.4) 3,750 (16.7) 2,105 (9.4) 3,750 (16.7) 5,875 (26.1) 5,875 (26.1) 8,460 (37 .6) Shear Load Based on Rod Strength A307 (SAE 1018) Allowable lbs. (kN) 1,930 (8.6) 3,025 (13.4) 4,360 (1 9.4) Tension Load Based on Rod Strength A387 (SAE 1018) Allowable lbs. (kN) 940 (4.2) 2,105 (9.4) 3,750 (16.7) 5,875 (26.1) 8,480 (37.6) Roof Deck Insert: Tension Loads in Metal Deck Drill Bit Threaded Allowable Tension Model Dia. Rod Load lbs. (kN) No. Dia. In. In. 1½•Dack a■ Dack ¼ 150 300 BBRD2550 13/ts-7/a 3/a ½ (0.7) (1 .3) 1. The allowable loads are based on a factor of safety of 4.0. 2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces. 3. Acceptability of deck deflection due to imposed loads must be investigated separately. 4. Threaded-rod strength must be investigated separately. 5. Anchors may be installed in the top or bottom flute of the metal deck. 6. Deck shall be 20-gauge minimum. See Notes Below Typical Roof Deck Insert Installation in Metal Deck See Notes Below * See page 1 0 for an explanation of the load table icons See notes below. ~ (i]* Shear Load Ba ad on Rod Strength A307 (SAE 1018) Allowable lbs. (kN) 1,930 (8.6) 4,. (19.4) 1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the concrete or steel strength. 2. The allowable loads based on concrete strength are based on a factor of safety of 4.0. 3. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces. 4. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads. Verify with local codes. 5. Minimum concrete slab thickness= 2x embedment depth. 161 c.j ~ ~ ~ :E 0 u w j::: c!, z 0 a: ti; z 0 en a.. :E ci5 iii ::::, en ::i::: co co ~ en i-!- Allt:llotlng and Fallen/111 S,-1111 tor Conl:tllll and Mllson11 Ett1ta Errata Blue Banger Hanger® Cast-in-Place, Internally Threaded Inserts From Page 159 of C-SAS-2009 Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog. New code information has been added to the Blue Banger Hanger Blue Banger Hanger® internally-threaded inserts are cast into the underside of the concrete deck after being fastened to the top of wood forms or metal deck. Once the concrete has cured , the anchor provides an attachment point for threaded rod used to hang electrical, mechanical and plumbing utilities. The Blue Banger Hanger insert is the only pre-pour insert to offer the patented multi-thread design which allows one size insert to handle multiple diameters of threaded rod. FEATURES: • Quick and easy installation saves time and money-no assembly required . • Patented multi-thread design allows each hanger to accept multiple diameters of threaded rod . Three sizes of hangers can handle all applications, reducing contractor and distributor inventories. • Multi-thread design allows threaded rod size to be changed after the anchor is in the concrete. • Machined steel insert with large flanged head provides high tension and shear loads for overhead attachments. • Positive attachment to form keeps the hanger vertical and in the correct position. • Internal threads eliminate the cost of rod couplers. • The head is stamped with the Simpson Strong-Tie® 11 ~ 11 sign for easy identification before the concrete pour. MATERIAL: Carbon steel FINISH: Yellow-zinc dichromate CODES: Factory Mutual 3024378 (except roof deck insert); Underwriters Laboratories File EX3605 (except roof deck insert); Metal deck insert (BBMD) in compliance with UL Standard 2043, 2nd edition, "Fire test for heat and visible smoke release for discrete products and their accessories installed in air- handling spaces." Blue Banger Hanger® Metal Deck Insert (BBMD) U.S. Patent 6,240,697B1 41 , FlameGuard® Product ,_ I• I ~--------F_l_am_e_G_u_ar_d_® _ov_e_rv_ie_w ________ _,. = SPEARS® Patented SR Design Sprinkler Head Adapters SPEARS® Patented Special Reinforced (SR) plastic female thread design is one of the most significant advancements in the use of CPVC Fire Sprinkler System threaded fittings. Not just an added ring, this unique precompression design compensates for expansion forces generated from tapered pipe thread joint make-up. Radial stress is no longer a problem in normal installations and easily managed in severe over-tightening situations. Contains and Compensates for Radial Stress ... Radial stress, generated by tightening of tapered pipe threads, exerts tremendous expansion force on female plastic thread fittings. When subjected to over-tightening -even accidentally -these forces can literally split the fitting. Spears® patented SR Adapter design not only alleviates this problem by containing expansion forces with its special reinforced collar, but additionally compensates for expansion stress through thermoplastic material compression. Stresses are equalized at normal joint make-up. The following graph illustrates this effect in a comparison of conventional plastic female thread fittings with Spears® SR adapters when taken to failure. t EXPANSION FORCES COMPRESSION FOrES CONVENTIONAL PLASTIC THREAD FITTINGS SPEARS® SR PLASTIC THREAD I FITTINGS NORMAL JOINT MAKE-UP SPLIT FITTING STRIP THREADS Another Quality SPEARSID Product Designed for Performance, Customer Satisfaction and Service. Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing Page 2 FlameGuard® Product FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Part Number Size Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code Pipe -FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Plain End SOR 13.5 1 O' Lengths Price Per Foot CP-007-10 3/4 260 0 071 CP-010-10 1 170 0 071 CP-012-10 1-1/4 90 0 071 CP-015-10 1-1/2 70 0 071 CP-020-10 2 50 0 071 CP-025-10 2-1/2 40 0 071 CP-030-10 3 30 0 071 Pipe -FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Plain End SOR 13.5, 15' Lengths Price Per Foot CP-007 3/4 390 0 071 CP-010 1 255 0 071 CP-012 1-1/4 135 0 071 CP-015 1-1/2 105 0 071 CP-020 2 75 0 071 CP-025 2-1/2 60 0 071 CP-030 3 45 0 071 Tee Socket x Socket x Socket 4201-007 3/4 20 220 070 4201-010 1 15 120 070 4201-012 1-1/4 10 0 070 4201-015 1-1/2 10 0 070 4201-020 2 10 0 070 4201-025 2-1/2 10 0 070 4201-030 3 5 0 070 Griploc™ Tee Part Number Size Reducing Tee Socket x Socket x Socket 4201-102 3/4X1 4201-125 1X3/4X3/4 4201-126 1X3/4X1 4201-131 1X3/4 4201-157 1-1/4X1X3/4 4201-158 1-1/4X1X1 4201-159 1-1/4X1X1-1/4 4201-167 1-1/4X3/4 4201-168 1-1/4X1 4201-169 1-1/4X1-1/2 4201-201 1-1/2X1-1/4X3/4 4201-202 1-1/2X1-1/4X1 4201-210 1-1/2X3/4 4201-211 1-1/2X1 4201-212 1-1/2X1-1/4 4201-213 1-1/2X2 4201-248 2X3/4 4201-249 2X1 4201-250 2X1-1/4 4201-251 2X1-1/2 4201-289 2-1/2X1 4201-290 2-1/2X1-1/4 4201-291 2-1/2X1-1/2 4201-292 2-1/2X2 4201-335 3X1 4201-3361 3X1-1/4 4201-337 3X1-1/2 4201-338 3X2 4201-339 3X2-1/2 1 Outlet sized with Bushing Griploc ™ Extension Tee Socket x Socket x GripLoc TM WARNING: DO NOT INSERT FINGERS EPDM Gasket Std Pk 20 15 15 20 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 6 WARNING: DO NOT INSERT FINGERS EPDM Gasket Uses No Solvent Cement -NSF@ Certified Lead Free 0 070 150 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 Uses No Solvent Cement -NSF@ Certified Lead Free 175 psi @ 150° F (66°Ci IGLS4201-010 1 15 134 175 psi @ 150° F (66°Cl !GL4201-010 1 15 134 SofTorque TM SR Sprinkler Head Tee -Gasket Sealed Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant NSF@ Certified Lead Free 4202-101GSR 3/4X1/2 4202-124GSR 1X3/4X1/2 4202-130GSR 1X1/2 50 0 076 50 0 076 20 0 076 Page 3 Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog@ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing Spears® Manufacturing Company FlameGuard® Product FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Part Number Size Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code TorqueSafe™ Sprinkler Head Tee -Gasket Sealed Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Socket x Gasket Fipt With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant 4202-101 G 3/4X1/2 4202-124 G 1X3/4X1/2 4202-130 G 1X1/2 4202-131 G 1X3/4 4202-166 G 1-1/4X1/2 4202-209 G 1-1/2X1/2 4202-247 G 2X1/2 FIPT With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant. 50 0 076 50 0 076 50 0 076 50 0 076 15 0 076 10 0 076 10 0 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking Sprinkler Head Tee -Brass Thread Insert Style Socket X Socket X Fipt 4202-101 3/4X1/2 4202-124 1X3/4X1/2 4202-130 1X1/2 4202-010 1 4202-156 1-1/4X1X1/2 4202-166 1-1/4X1/2 4202-199 1-1/2X1-1/4X1/2 4202-209 1-1/2X1/2 4202-237 2X1-1/2X1/2 4202-247 2X1/2 50 0 076 50 0 076 50 0 076 10 40 076 15 0 076 15 0 076 10 0 076 10 0 076 10 0 076 10 0 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption throuqh drinkina or cookinq Sprinkler Head Tee -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 4202-010SR 1 4202-101 SR 3/4X1/2 4202-124SR 1X3/4X1/2 4202-130SR 1X1/2 4202-131SR 1X3/4 4202-156SR 1-1/4X1X1/2 4202-166SR 1-1/4X1/2 4202-168SR 1-1/4X1 4202-199SR 1-1/2X1-1/4X1/2 4202-209SR 1-1/2X1/2 4202-211 SR 1-1/2X1-1/2X1 4202-237SR 2X1-1/2X1/2 4202-247SR 2X1/2 4202-287SR 2-1/2X1/2 15 0 076 50 0 076 50 0 076 50 0 076 15 0 076 15 0 076 15 0 076 15 0 076 10 0 076 25 0 076 10 0 076 10 0 076 10 0 076 10 0 076 Part Number Size SofTorque TM SR Sprinkler Head Tee -Gasket Sealed Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt x Socket -Stainless Steel Collar With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant NSF@ Certified Lead Free l4203-122GSR I 1X1/2X1 1 50 1 o TorqueSafe ™ Sprinkler Head Tee -Gasket Sealed Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Gasket Fipt x Socket With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant 076 4203-122 G l 1X1/2X1 I 50 l o I 075 FIPT With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinkina or cookina Sprinkler Head Tee -Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Fipt x Socket 4203-122 I 1X1/2X1 I 50 I o I 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption throuah drinkina or cookina Sprinkler Head Tee -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt x Socket -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free l4203-122SR I 1X1/2X1 1 50 1 o 016 Street Tee Spigot x Socket x Socket 4244-007 3/4 15 105 070 4244-010 1 15 0 070 4244-012 1-1/4 10 0 070 4244-015 1-1/2 10 0 070 4244-020 2 10 0 070 90° Ell Socket x Socket 4206-007 3/4 30 300 070 4206-010 1 20 200 070 4206-012 1-1/4 10 100 070 4206-015 1-1/2 10 0 070 4206-020 2 25 0 070 4206-025 2-1/2 5 0 070 4206-030 3 5 0 070 Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Page4 See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing FlameGuard® Product FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Part Number Size Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code Griploc TM goo Ell WARNING: DO NOT INSERT FINGERS EPDM Gasket Uses No Solvent Cement -NSF@ Certified Lead Free 175 psi@ 150° F (66°Cl !GL4206-010 1 20 134 go0 Reducing Ell Socket x Socket !4206-131 1X3/4 SofTorque TM SR go0 Sprinkler Head Elbow - Gasket Sealed Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 4207-101 GSR 3/4X1/2 4207-130GSR 1X1/2 4207-166GSR 1-1/4X1/2 20 20 15 TorqueSafe ™ go0 Sprinkler Head Elbow -Gasket Sealed Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Gasket Fipt With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant 070 140 076 80 076 60 076 4207-101 G 3/4X1/2 20 120 076 4207-130 G 1X1/2 15 90 076 4207-166 G 1-1/4X1/2 10 60 076 FIPT With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant. Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption throu · · · Sprinkler Head goo Ell -Brass Thread Insert Style Socket X Fipt 4207-101 3/4X1/2 20 4207-130 1X1/2 15 4207-131 1X3/4 25 4207-166 1-1/4X1/2 10 120 076 90 076 0 076 60 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking Part Number Size Std Pk Sprinkler Head go 0 Ell -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 4207-101SR 4207-130SR 4207-131SR 4207-166SR goo Street Ell Spigot x Socket 4209-007 4209-010 4209-012 4209-015 4209-020 Side Outlet Ell Socket x Socket x Socket 14213-007 4213-010 22-1/2° Ell Socket x Socket 4216-007 4216-010 4216-012 4216-015 4216-020 4216-025 4216-030 22-1/2° Street Ell Spigot x Socket 4242-007 4242-010 4242-012 4242-015 4242-020 4242-025 4242-030 3/4X1/2 1X1/2 1X3/4 1-1/4X1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 3/4 1 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 20 10 50 25 50 50 25 10 25 20 20 20 20 20 5 5 50 50 20 25 20 5 5 180 076 150 076 0 076 0 076 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 360 070 240 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 Page 5 Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing Spears® Manufacturing Company ,. FlameGuard® Product FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products .. FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products I Part Number I Size I ~t~ I ~~~r I 6:~~ I Part Number I Size I std 'Mstr ' Prod 1 ._C_o_up-1-in_g_(_co-n-tin-u-ed_) _________ ___._ _ _.__ _ _.__ _ __, .__ _______ ..__ _______ ....._P_k_,___C_t....,n,,......_C_o_d__,e Socket x Socket 45° Ell Socket x Socket 4217-007 3/4 20 360 4217-010 1 15 240 4217-012 1-1/4 10 120 4217-015 1-1/2 10 0 4217-020 2 10 0 4217-025 2-1/2 5 0 4217-030 3 5 0 45° Street Ell Spigot x Socket 4227-010 1 50 0 4227-012 1-1/4 25 0 4227-015 1-1/2 25 0 4227-020 2 20 0 Cross Socket x Socket x Socket x Socket 4220-007 3/4 20 0 4220-010 1 15 0 4220-012 1-1/4 10 0 4220-015 1-1/2 10 0 4220-020 2 8 0 4220-025 2-1/2 5 0 4220-030 3 5 0 Reducing Cross Socket x Socket x Socket x Socket 4220-131 1X3/4 20 0 4220-167 1-1/4X3/4 25 0 4220-210 1-1/2X3/4 15 0 4220-248 2X3/4 10 0 4220-289 2-1/2X1 15 0 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 070 4229-015 1-1/2 10 4229-020 2 20 4229-025 2-1/2 10 4229-030 3 5 Reducer Coupling Socket x Socket 4229-131 1X3/4 15 4229-167 1-1/4X3/4 25 4229-168 1-1/4X1 10 4229-210 1-1/2X3/4 25 4229-211 1-1/2X1 10 4229-212 1-1/2X1-1/4 10 4229-248 2X3/4 10 4229-249 2X1 10 4229-250 2X1-1/4 10 4229-251 2X1-1/2 10 4229-291 2-1/2X1-1/2 10 4229-292 2-1/2X2 10 4229-337 3X1-1/2 5 4229-339 3X2-1/2 10 Griploc TM Coupling WARNING: DO NOT INSERT FINGERS EPDM Gasket Uses No Solvent Cement -NSF@ Certified Lead Free 175 psi @ 150° F (66°C GL4229-007 GL4229-010 GL4229-020 Grooved Coupling Adapter Groove x Socket 4233-012 4233-015 4233-020 4233-025 4233-030 3/4 1 1 1 2 1 1-1/4 10 1-1/2 10 2 8 2-1/2 5 3 5 100 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 270 070 0 070 140 070 0 070 70 070 120 070 80 070 60 070 60 070 100 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 36 134 20 134 10 134 40 076 40 076 32 076 0 076 0 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption Coupling Socket x Socket 4229-007 4229-010 4229-012 Made in the U.S.A. 3/4 25 500 1 25 250 070 070 through drinking or cooking QuickTorque TM SR Female Sprinkler Head Adapter -Gasket Sealed Special Reinforced Metal Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant NSF@ Certified Lead Free 1-1/4 10 160 070 l4235-101GMR I 3/4X1/2 1 50 1 o 016 Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing Page 6 i sPEARS .. FlameGuard® Product FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Part Number Size Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code QuickTorque TM SR Female Sprinkler Head Adapter-Gasket Sealed Special Reinforced Metal Thread Style (continued) Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar With Elastomer Seal - Use NO Thread Sealant !4235-130GMR I 1X1/2 1 50 1 o SofTorque TM SR Female Sprinkler Head Adapter - Gasket Sealed Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 4235-101GSR 3/4X1/2 50 4235-130GSR 1X1/2 TorqueSafe ™ Female Sprinkler Head Adapter- Gasket Sealed Brass Thread Insert Style 50 Socket x Gasket Fipt With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant 4235-101 G 3/4X1/2 50 4235-130GS 1X1/2 50 4235-131 G 1X3/4 50 FIPT With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant. 0 0 0 076 076 076 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking Female Adapter -Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Fipt 4235-007 3/4 4235-010 1 4235-012 1-1/4 4235-015 1-1/2 4235-020 2 15 90 076 15 90 076 15 60 076 10 40 076 8 32 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking Female Sprinkler Head Adapter -Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Fipt 4235-101 3/4X1/2 4235-130 1X1/2 4235-131 1X3/4 50 0 076 50 0 076 50 0 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking Part Number Size Female Sprinkler Head Adapter -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 4235-101SR 3/4X1/2 4235-130SR 1X1/2 4235-131SR 1X3/4 Std Pk 50 50 50 Female Sprinkler Head Adapter -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style with Socket Body Wrench Flats Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free W4235-101SR 3/4X1/2 W4235-130SR 1X1/2 Female Sprinkler Head Adapter -Brass Thread Insert Style with Long Body Socket x Fipt 50 50 200 076 0 076 0 076 L4235-130 I 1X1/2 I 50 I o I 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking Female Sprinkler Head Adapter -Brass Thread Insert Style with Positioning Ring Socket X Fipt R4235-101 I 3/4X1/2 I 50 I o I 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cookina Female Sprinkler Head Adapter -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style with Positioning Ring Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar IR4235-101SR I 3/4X1/2 I 25 I 300 I 076 Female Adapter -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 4235-007SR 3/4 4235-010SR 1 4235-012SR 1-1/4 Transition Male Adapter with Brass Thread Mipt x Socket NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 14236-001 1 3/4 25 300 076 25 200 076 10 60 076 1 40 1160 1 016 Page 7 Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog@ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing Spears® Manufacturing Company FlameGuard® Product FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Part Number Size Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code Transition Male Adapter with Brass Thread (continued) Mipt x Socket 4236-010 1 4236-012 1-1/4 4236-015 1-1/2 4236-020 2 TorqueSafe TM Female Spigot Sprinkler Head Adapters -Gasket Sealed Brass Thread Insert Style 10 10 10 8 Spigot x Gasket Fipt With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant 60 076 40 076 40 076 32 076 4238-101 G I 3/4X1/2 I 5o I 200 I 076 4238-130 G I 1X1/2 I 50 I 0 I 076 FIPT With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant. Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking SofTorque TM Reducer Bushing -Gasket Sealed Plastic Thread Style Spigot x Fipt -With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant l4238-130GSR 1X1/2 I 50 I 300 I 076 TorqueSafe TM Bushing -Gasket Sealed Brass Thread Insert Style Spigot x Gasket Fipt With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant 4238-130BR G 1X1/2 50 FIPT With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant. Part Number Size SofT orque TM Spigot Female Adapter -Gasket Sealed Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Spigot x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar With Elastomer Seal -Use NO Thread Sealant NSF@ Certified Lead Free 4278-101GSR 3/4X1/2 4278-130GSR 1X1/2 Std Pk 50 50 Prod Code Spigot Female Adapter -Brass Thread Insert Style Spigot x Fipt 4278-007 I 3/4 I 25 I 150 I 076 4278-010 I 1 I 15 I 90 I 076 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cookina Spigot Female Adapter -Special Reinforced Plastic ,__,,L. Thread Style Spigot x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 4278-007SR 3/4 4278-010SR 1 25 300 076 50 0 076 Replacement Gaskets for all TorqueSafe TM Gasket Sealed Head Adapters 0 Pack of 25 EPDM Gaskets Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption For Use in 1 /2" or 3/4" Gasket Sealed Threads through drinking or cooking RGSK-005 1/2 Bushing -with Brass Thread Insert Spigot x Fipt RGSK-007 3/4 Spigot Female Sprinkler Head Adapters -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style 4238-130BR I 1X1/2 I 50 I 200 I 076 Spigot x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar ...,_ _______ ..._ __________________ __,.. Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption throuah drinking or cooking Spigot Female Sprinkler Head Adapters -Brass Thread Insert Style Spigot x Fipt 4238-101 I 3/4X1/2 I 50 I 200 I 076 4238-130 I 1X1/2 I 50 I 0 I 016 Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption through drinking or cooking NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 4238-101 SR 3/4X1/2 4238-130SR 1X1/2 Part Number Size L-Max Adjustable Sprinkler Head Adapters - Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 50 50 100 299 100 299 400 076 0 076 Mstr Prod Ctn Code l42001SR I 3/4X1/2 8-11 /32 12 0 076 Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing Page 8 ,.. , I •1 flameGuarcl" Product = ~ ... ______ F1_am_eG_u_a_rd_®_c_P_v_c_F_ir_e_s_pr_in_k_1e_r_P_ip-in_g_P_ro_d_u_ct_s _____ __,,,. FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Part Number Size L-Max Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code Adjustable Sprinkler Head Adapters -Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style (continued) Socket x SR Fi t -Stainless Steel Collar 42011SR 1X1/2 8-7/16 L-Max = Maximum Ad·ustable Len th Adjustable Sprinkler Head Adapters - Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Spigot x SR Fipt -Stainless Steel Collar NSF@ Certified Lead-Free 42004SR I 3/4X1/2 I 8-11/32 42014SR I 1X1/2 I 8-13/32 L-Max = Maximum Adjustable Length Part Number Size Reducer Bushing -Flush Style Spigot x Socket 4237-131 1X3/4 4237-167 1-1/4X3/4 4237-168 1-1/4X1 4237-210 1-1/2X3/4 4237-211 1-1/2X1 4237-212 1-1/2X1-1/4 4237-248 2X3/4 4237-249 2X1 4237-250 2X1-1/4 4237-251 2X1-1/2 4237-290 2-1/2X1-1/4 4237-291 2-1/2X1-1/2 4237-292 2-1/2X2 4237-338 3X2 4237-339 3X2-1/2 Transition Bushing IPS Spigot x CTS Socket 4240-101 3/4X1/2 4240-130 1X1/2 I 12 I I 12 I Std Pk 50 25 25 25 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 10 10 50 50 0 076 0 I 076 0 I 076 700 070 200 070 350 070 125 070 150 070 300 070 160 070 160 070 160 070 160 070 40 070 40 070 0 070 0 070 0 070 Part Number Cap Socket 4247-007 4247-010 4247-012 4247-015 4247-020 4247-025 4247-030 Griploc TM Cap Size 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 WARNING: DO NOT INSERT FINGERS EPDM Gasket Std Pk 25 25 10 10 10 5 5 Uses No Solvent Cement -NSF@ Certified Lead Free 175 si 150° F 66°C GL4247-007 3/4 1 GL4247-010 1 Test Plug -0-ring Sealed Mipt -For Pressure Testing Only. NOT for use with TorqueSafe TM or 24235 Series Adapters FTP-005 1/2 DO NOT use with Ta e or Paste thread sealants Test Plug Replacement 0-ring Buna-N, For O-ring Sealed Test Plug Only 50 400 070 450 070 60 070 160 070 60 070 40 070 0 070 0 8-116 116 100 0 For Use With FTP-005 Test Plu Test Plug for TorqueSafe ™ & SofT orque TM Gasket Sealed Head Adapters Mipt -For Pressure Testing Only. Use ONLY with Gasket Sealed Adapters I FTP-005GS I 1 /2 I 50 I 400 I 079 Test Plug -White PVC Mipt -For Pressure Testing Only 4250-005 1/2 Re uires use of a thread sealant Flange -One Piece Socket -4 Bolt Holes -175 psi 14251-007 1 3/4 I 25 I o 070 I Page 9 Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing Spears® Manufacturing Company I FlameGuard® Product FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Part Number Part Number Size Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code Size Flange -One Piece {continued) Transition Union -Metal Thread Insert Style Socket -4 Bolt Holes -175 si 4251-010 1 15 0 070 Socket x Fipt 4251 -012 1-1/4 4251-015 1-1/2 4251-020 2 4251-025 2-1/2 15 0 070 15 0 070 10 0 070 10 0 070 175 psi @ 150°F (66°C' 4259-010BR 1 4259-012BR 1-1/4 4259-015BR 1-1/2 4259-020BR 2 10 0 076 5 20 076 5 0 076 5 0 076 Blind Flange Not intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption 4 Bolt Holes -175 psi 4253-007 4253-010 4253-012 4253-015 4253-020 4253-025 4253-030 Flange -Van Stone Style Socket -4 Bolt Holes -175 psi !4254-030 Flange -Van Stone Style Spigot -4 Bolt Holes -175 psi 4256-007 4256-010 4256-012 4256-015 4256-020 4256-025 4256-030 Union Socket x Socket 175 psi @ 150°F (66°C) 4257-007 4257-010 4257-012 4257-015 4257-020 3/4 1 1-1 /4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 25 0 070 15 0 070 15 0 070 15 0 070 10 0 070 10 0 070 10 0 070 1 10 I 0 070 25 0 070 15 0 070 15 0 070 15 0 070 10 0 070 10 0 070 10 0 070 10 80 070 10 40 070 5 20 070 5 0 070 5 0 070 through drinking or cooking Part Number Size Short Repair Couplings Spigot x Socket 175 si 150° F 66° C SH118-07CO 3/4 2-3/16 SH118-10CO 1 2-3/16 Unit Must Be Thrust Blocked T = Repair Coupling Travel Grip Loe™ Repair Coupling WARNING: DO NOT INSERT FINGERS EPDM Gasket 30 35 Uses No Solvent Cement -NSF® Certified Lead Free 175 si 150° F 66°C Mstr Prod Ctn Code 0 025 0 025 SG118-07CO 3/4 2-15/1 6 25 134 SG118-10CO 1 2-15/16 25 134 Unit Must Be Thrust Blocked Travel Part Number Size Blue 75™ Thread Sealant SB75-005 1/4 Pint 24 0 895 SB75-010 1/2 Pint 24 0 895 SB75-020 Pint 12 0 895 Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Page 10 See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing FlameGuard® Product FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products & Spears® Sprinkler Head Adapter Removal Kit FlameGuard® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Part Number Size Blue 75™ Thread Sealant continued SB75-030 Quart FS-5 One-Ste Cement FS5-020 Pint FS5-030 Quart Empty Cans With Cap/Lid -order Daubers separately MT-654 Pint MT-651 Quart MT-653 Quart 1 1-3/4 Screw Neck 2 TT Paint Type Brush For Pint and Quart Cans KD-110 I 4-1/2" Length KD-112 I 5-1/2" length 1" Brush w/1-3/4" Screw Cap, for pipe size 3/4" -2" Roller -Small Cap Fits 1-3/4" Neck Quart Cans (MT-651). Replaceable cover. For pipe size 3" to 6". !6020 4" length Roller Replacement Covers Fits Rollers with Heavy Handles #5520, #6020 & #6520. Sold as Pack of 2, full pack only. 15520-1 Fits 5520 & 6020 Roller Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code 192 0 710 100 0 710 12 0 710 I 25 I 0 I 710 I 25 I 0 I 710 1 24 1 o 710 75 710 Part Number Size C D b ap au er DP-75 3/4" for Pint DP-125 1-1/4" for Pint DQ-125 1-1/4" for Quart * 3/4" Diameter fits Pint Cans, for pipe size 3/4" ** 1-1/2" Diameter fits Pint Cans, for pipe size 1-1/2" ***1-1/2" Diameter fits Quart Cans, for pipe size 1-1/2" Can-Mate Dauber Adjustable Plastic Applicator with Telescoping Stem for use with Standard Pint and Quart Cans. CM-75 I 3/4" CM-150 I 1-1/4" Std Mstr Pk Ctn 50 0 50 0 50 0 I 50 I 0 I 50 I 0 710 710 710 I 710 I 710 3/4" Diameter fits Pint or Quart Cans, for pipe sizes 3/4" -1-1 /4" 1-1/4" Diameter fits Pint or Quart Cans, for pipe sizes 1-1/2" -3" Deburring Tool Cone Type for pipe 1/2" -2" IDEB-2 1/2" to 2" Pipe Spears® Sprinkler Head Adapter Removal Kit Occasionally a Sprinkler Head Adapter may need to be removed for relocation , extension or repair. Kit includes Cutter, Deburring Tool and Wrench. Cutter provides easy cutting of pipe from the inside (using a power drill) to remove adapters without disturbing ceiling or side wall. Deburring Tool allows removal of burrs in cut pipe. Wrench is designed to hold Spears® TorqueSafe TM Head Adapter brass insert from rotating to aid in sprinkler head removal from adapter, if required. Complete Kit Inside Pipe Cutter, Deburring Tool and Wrench ISHRK-005 3/4" & 1" Pipe Inside Pi e Cutter Onl GSC-005 3/4" & 1" Pi e 15 299 80 0 299 Page 11 Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing Spears® Manufacturing Company , Spears® Sprinkler Head Adapter Removal Kit & CPVC Riser Drain Valves For NFPA 130 Installations •sPEARSa FlameGuard® Product I• I Only .... Spears® Sprinkler Head Adapter Removal Kit Part Number Deburring Tool Only !GSB-005 Wrench Only !GSW-005 Size 3/4" & 1" Pipe For 1/2 Std Mstr Prod Pk Ctn Code 1 25 1 o 299 50 299 CPVC Riser Drain Valves For NFPA 13D Installations Only FlameGuard® CPVC Drain & Check Valves For NFPA 13D Applications Only Part Number Compact 2000 Drain Valve Socket x Socket 6622-00?CO I 6622-010CO I Not UL Listed CPVC Swing Check Valves Socket x Socket S1520-10CO S1520-12CO S1520-15CO Not UL Listed Size 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 Prod Code I 10 I 80 I 004 I 1 o I o I 004 20 0 004 12 0 004 12 0 004 CPVC Special Reinforced Thread Inlet Swing Application: FlameGuard® CPVC Orange Check Valves and PVC/CPVC True Union Check Valves Drain Valves are for use in configuring CPVC Fire Sprinkler System connection to water supply (riser/drain assembly) in NFPA 13D installations only. These valves are not UL SR Fipt X Socket Listed and NOT for use in any other locations within the fire sprinkler system. True Union Industrial Drain Valve With Locking Handle Socket x Socket CPVCG VI ray avew1 ·th CPVC 0 range EdC n 1822-00?CFG 3/4 1822-010CFG 1 1822-012CFG 1-1/4 1822-015CFG 1-1/2 1822-020CFG 2 Not UL Listed True Union Standard Drain Valves Socket x Socket onnec or 1 1 1 1 1 PVC Gray Valve with CPVC Orange End Connector 3622-00?FG I 3/4 I 1 I 3622-010FG I 1 I 1 I Not UL Listed 18 12 8 8 4 18 12 004 004 004 004 004 I 608 I 608 S1520-10FSRSCO 1 20 0 004 S1520-12FSRSCO 1-1/4 12 0 004 S1520-15FSRSCO 1-1/2 12 0 004 Not UL Listed General Installation Information: Socket end connections should be installed using Spears® FS-5 One-Step Cement for use with Spears® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products. Threaded connections should be made using Spears® BLUE 75™ Thread Sealant tested for compatibility with CPVC materials. PVC True Union Drain Valves are to be installed with system connection to Valve CPVC End Connector. Swing check valves are designed for horizontal installations, but may be installed in up-flow only vertical position. Check valves MUST be installed with the valve's FLOW arrow pointing in the direction of the flow. Do not install valve upside down. Made in the U.S.A. Suitable for Oil-Free air handling to 25 psi, not for distribution of compressed air or gas Page 12 See MSRP-1 Sheet or Check Spears® On-line Catalog @ www.spearsmfg.com for Pricing ES-530C/53 For Commercial and Residential Applications Job Name Job Location Engineer Approval Series 530C, 53 Pressure Relief Valves (Calibrated and non-Calibrated) Sizes: 530C: ½11 or ¾11 (15-20mm) 53: ½11 or¾11 (15-20mm) Watts Series 530C and 53 Pressure Relief Valves are spring operated bronze relief valves designed to be used only as protection from the build up of excessive pressure in sys- tems containing water, oil or air. These valves are not ASME approved safety relief valves and should not be used in sys- tem applications with this requirement. They feature all bronze construction with stainless steel springs. Ideally suit- ed as a bypass thermal expansion relief valve, the Series 530C valves incorporate a calibrated adjustment feature for setting the valve to the relief pressure required. Adjustable pressure range is 50-175psi (3.4-12.1 bar). Series 53 have standard pressure settings of 75, 125, and 150psi (5.2, 8.6 and 10.3 bar). They are also specially available at 50psi (3.4 bar) setting. Pressure range is 75-175psi (5.2-12.1 bar). Features • Rugged bronze body • Stainless steel springs • Calibrated adjustment feature (Model 530C) • Protects against buildup of excessive pressure • For use in systems containing water, oil, and air Models 530C -Pressure relief valve with calibrated adjustment feature 53 -Pressure relief valve 530FP-Pressure relief valve for fire protection systems Materials Body: Springs: Disc: Pressure Bronze Stainless steel Buna-N 530C Pressure Range: 50-175psi (3.4-12.1 bar) 53 Pressure Range: 75-175psi (5.2-12.1 bar) Contractor Approval Contractor's P.O. No. Representative 530C Dimensions-Weights 53 MODEL SIZE (ON) HEIGHT WIDTH WEIGHT in mm in mm in mm lbs. gms. 53 ½ or ¾ 15 or 20 21/a 1¾ 44 53 The Watts products shown on this page are small type relief valves. Construction of these products does not meet the (ANSI 221.22) nationally recognized applicable standard. IMPORTANT: INQUIRE WITH GOVERNING AUTHORlnES FOR LOCAL INSTALU.TION REQUIREMENTS Watts product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measurements, please contact Watts Technical Service. Watts reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Watts products previously or subsequently sold. USA: 815 Chestnut St., No. Andover, MA 01845-6098; www.watts.com Water Safety & Flow Control Products Canada: 5435 North Service Rd., Burlington, ONT. L7L 5H7; www.wattscanada.ca ES-530C/53 0645 © Watts Regulator Company, 2006 ARGCO GUARANTEED •••••••••••••••. -.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.~ Fire Sprinkler Pressure Gauge Kits ® <3> ARGCO's Sprinkler Gauge Kits provide everything needed to install a fire sprinkler gauge to a riser or other device. Each kit contains a pressure gauge that is UL Listed and FM approved for Fire Sprinkler Service, 1/4" brass 3-way valve, 1/4" x 1/2" galvanized reducer, 1/4" IPS x 4" galvanized pipe nipple and a 1/4" IPS galvanized plug. Available with Water, Air-Water, Air or Air with Retard fire gauge. Gauge Specs: Size: 4" (100 mm) Accuracy ± 3/2/3% of span -1 ½11 (ASME B40.1 Grade B) Working Range Steady: 3/4 of full scale value Fluctuating: 2/3 of full scale value Short time: full scale value Operating Temperature Ambient: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) Media: max. 140°F (+60°C) Temperature Error Additional error when temperature changes from reference temperature of 68°F (20°C) +0.4% for every 18° F (10°C) ris- ing or falling. Percentage of span. Standard Features Connection Material: copper alloy Lower mount (LM) -not available for 1 ½" size 1/4" NPT limited to wrench flat area Bourdon Tube: Material: copper alloy C-type Movement: Copper alloy, silicone dampened Dia: White plastic with stop pin -black & red lettering Pointer: Black aluminum Case: Black polycarbonate 6510160KIT: AIR/WATER GAUGE KIT 6510161KIT: WATER GAUGE KIT 6510-162KIT: AIR GAUGE WITH RETARD KIT 651063KIT: AIR GAUGE KIT The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM SAMMYS® for Wood Not less than 2' nominal width ◄(1-1/2')► 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" ~ 318" @=~ 3/8" ~ 3/8" ~ 3/8" ~~ 318" 3/8" 318" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" Not less than 3'nominal thickness (2-1/2') (depth or side f vertical member) 8003957 8004957 8006957 8007957 8008957 8068925 8009925 8010957 8069925 8011925 8012925 8013925 8014925 8015925 8016925 8017925 Ceiling GST200 1/4x2" GST300 1/4 X 3" GST .75 1/4x3/4" GST10 1/4 X 1" 1/4 x2" 1/4 X 2" 3/8 X 2-1/2" 1/4 X 3" GST30-SS 1/4 x3" GST 40 1/4 x4" GST60 1/4 x6" GST2 1/4 x2" GST2.5-380 3/8 X 2-1 /2" GST3 1/4 X 3" GST4 1/4x4" GST6 1/4 X 6" SAMMY Swivel Head® for Wood Product Features Composite I Truss Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point 'Pre-dnllmg may be reqwred for GST 25-380 Tool ava,lable on page 10 1760 (Fir) 300 1760 (Fir) 850 1760 (Fir) 850 2113 (Fir) 1500 2060 Fir 1500 2060 (Fir) 2180 (Fir) 2230 (Fir) 1760 (Fir) 2113 (Fir) 2275 (Fir} 2180 (Fir) 2230 Fir Product Features • No pre-drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation cost. • Made in the U.S.A. 25 25 1475 25 25 1475 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 NutDiiver Part#8113910 1 4SWROO Nut Driver Part#8114910 • Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Accommodates up to 3 ½" x 12 pitch roof. • Allows 17° deflection from vertical. 1475 25 125 } #14Black Nut Driver nd safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into Part# 811391 o Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. (I Not less than 2' nominal width (1-1/2') up to 3-1/2' pipe; not less than 3' (2-1/2') nominal width 4' & 5' pipe .----. I Minimum 2-1/2' from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3' from bottom for main lines. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to 2' or thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. )' Floor Joist • No pre-drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation cost. • Made in the U.S.A. A rovals R~d Part Model Sc~e~ Ultimate UL Test Box Case pp Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Qty Qty 1/4" 8018957 1/4" 8019957 3/8" 8020957 3/8" VERTICAL 1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 318" or 1/2" portable drill. 2. Insert the SAMMYS into the #14 (black) nut driver (pin 8113910). Drill should be in a vertical position. 3. Push the face of the nut driver tight to the member. When the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop drill and remove. 4. The SAMMYS is now ready to receive 1/4", 318", 112" or metric SWG 100 SWG200 SWG10 SWG20 SWG20-SS SWG25-380 SWG30 all thread rod, bolt stock. (The 112" requires the #14SW red nut driver) Note: When installing DSTR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximum pullout in purlin steel. 1/4 X 1" 622 Ftr 25 125 1/4 x2" 1725 (Fir) 25 125 1/4 X 1" 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 1/4x2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 1/4 X 2" 1725 Fir 850 3/8 X 2-1/2" 2249 (Fir) 1500 1/4x3" 1884 Fir HORIZONTAL 1. Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 318" or 112" portable drill. 2. Insert the SAMMYS into the #14SW (red) nut driver (pin 8114910). With drill unit in a horizontal position and at a right angle to the structural member, begin installation. 3. When the nut driver spins free on the SAMMYS, stop the drill and remove. 4. The unit is now ready to receive 1 W, 318" or metric all thread rod or bolt stock. Note: When installing SWDR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximum pullout in purlin steel. SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings J Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Specifications • ~ branded cast iron threaded fittings are UL Listed and FM Approved at 300psi • Rated to 125 WSP • Casting date on each fitting • Grey iron castings conform to ASTM A126 • Cast iron fitting dimensions conform to ASME B 16.4 Class 125 • NPT threads on fittings conform to ASME B 1.20.1 • Cast iron fittings have SCI Trademark and are 100% air tested • Manufacturing facility is ISO 9001 :2008 and ISO 14001 • ProPak™ Packaging c®us LISTED <8> APPROVED Fig. 37E 1 -90° Elbow c@us0 LISTED APPROVED Size Part Number A Packin Weight in in nner aster lb 1/2 37E 1004 1.13 90 180 0.3 3/4 37E 1006 1.31 50 100 0.5 1 37E 1010 1.50 35 70 0.8 1-1/4 37E 1012 1.75 20 40 1.3 1-1/2 37E 1014 1.94 15 30 1.7 2 37E 1020 2.25 7 14 2.7 2-1/2 37E 1024 2.70 4 8 4.3 Fig. 37RE1 -90° Reducing Elbow A Size Part Number A B Packin Weight in in in Inner Master lb 1 X 1/2 37RE1010004 1.36 1.26 50 100 0.5 ls 1 X 3/4 37RE1010006 1.45 1.38 40 80 0.7 1-1/4 X 1/2 37RE1012004 1.53 1.34 32 64 0.8 1-1/4 X 3/4 37RE1012006 1.63 1.45 28 56 0.9 1-1/4 X 1 37RE1012010 1.67 1.58 25 50 1.0 1-1/2 X 1/2 37RE1014004 1.75 1.52 25 50 1.0 1-1/2 X 3/4 37RE1014006 1.75 1.52 20 40 1.1 1-1/2 X 1 37RE1014010 1.80 1.65 18 36 1.3 1-1 /2 X 1-1 /4 37RE1014012 1.88 1.82 14 28 1.5 2 X 1/2 37RE1020004 1.97 1.60 15 30 1.4 2 X 3/4 37RE1020006 1.97 1.60 15 30 1.6 2x1 37RE1020010 2.02 1.73 12 24 1.8 2 X 1-1/2 37RE1020014 2.16 2.02 10 20 2.3 Fig. 37F 1 -45° Elbow Size Part Number A Packing Weight in in Inner Master lb 1 37F1010 1.26 40 80 0.7 ------1-1/4 37F 1012 1.29 22 44 1.2 --~ ---~ --1-1/2 37F1014 1.44 16 32 1.5 ----2 37F 1020 1.69 8 16 2.6 Fig. 37T 1 -Tee Size Part Number A Packin Weight in in Inner Master lb 1/2 37T 1004 1.13 60 120 0.4 3/4 37T 1006 1.31 30 60 0.7 1 37T 1010 1.50 20 40 1.1 1-1/4 37T 1012 1.75 24 1.8 1-1/2 37T1014 1.94 16 2.4 2 37T 1020 2.25 10 3.8 Fig. 37RC1 -Hex Coupling Size Part Number A Packing Weight in in Inner Master lb 1 X 1/2 37RC1010004 1.69 60 120 0.5 ---1 X 3/4 37RC1010006 1.69 50 100 0.6 2 x 1 (not hex) 37RC1020010 2.81 16 32 1.5 n SMITH-COOPER INTER ATIO AL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX (323) 890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com ) Cast Iron Threaded Fittin s -Class 125 UL/FM s(:: I ! 41 •· \I I I\ I',· I ._, c@ us<&;> Fig. 37RT1 -Reducing Tee LISTED APPROVED C Size Part Number A B C Packin Weight in in in in Inner Master lb 1 X 1/2 37RT1010004 1.26 1.26 1.36 25 50 0.9 1 X 1/2 X 1 37RT1010004010 1.50 1.36 1.50 24 48 0.9 1 X 3/4 37RT1010006 1.38 1.38 1.45 22 44 1.0 1 X 3/4 X 1 37RT1010006010 1.50 1.45 1.50 20 40 1.0 1x1-1/4 37RT1010012 1.67 1.67 1.58 15 30 1.4 1-1/4 X 1/2 37RT1012004 1.34 1.34 1.53 18 36 1.3 1-1 / 4 X 1 /2 X 1-1 / 4 37RT1012004012 1.75 1.53 1.75 18 36 1.4 1-1/4 X 3/4 37RT1012006 1.45 1.45 1.62 15 30 1.4 1-1/4 X 3/4 X 1-1/4 37RT1012006012 1.75 1.62 1.75 15 30 1.5 1-1/4 X 1 37RT1012010 1.58 1.58 1.67 15 30 1.6 1-1/4x1x1/2 37RT1012010004 1.34 1.26 1.53 20 40 1.1 1-1/4 X 1 X 3/4 37RT1012010006 1.45 1.38 1.63 16 32 1.2 1-1/4X 1 X 1 37RT1012010010 1.58 1.50 1.69 15 30 1.4 1-1/4X 1 X 1-1/4 37RT1012010012 1.75 1.69 1.75 12 24 1.6 1-1/4 X 1 X 1-1/2 37RT1012010014 1.88 1.80 1.82 12 24 1.8 1-1 /4 X 1-1 /2 37RT1012014 1.88 1.88 1.82 10 20 2.0 1-1/2 X 1/2 37RT1014004 1.41 1.41 1.66 12 24 1.6 1-1/2 X 1/2 X 1-1/4 37RT1014004012 1.81 1.56 1.88 12 24 1.7 1-1/2 X 1/2 X 1-1/2 37RT1014004014 1.94 1.66 1.94 12 24 1.8 1-1/2x3/4 37RT1014006 1.52 1.52 1.75 12 24 1.8 1-1/2x3/4x 1-1/4 37RT1014006012 1.94 1.66 1.88 12 24 1.7 1-1/2 X 3/4 X 1-1/2 37RT1014006014 1.94 1.75 1.94 12 24 1.9 1-1/2 X 1 37RT1014010 1.65 1.65 1.80 10 20 1.9 1-1/2 X 1 X 1/2 37RT1014010004 1.44 1.25 1.69 18 36 1.3 1-1/2 X 1 X 3/4 37RT1014010006 1.50 1.44 1.75 15 30 1.4 1-1/2x1x1 37RT1014010010 1.65 1.50 1.80 12 24 1.6 1-1 /2 X 1 X 1-1 / 4 37RT1014010012 1.82 1.67 1.88 10 20 1.8 1-1/2 X 1 X 1-1/2 37RT1014010014 1.94 1.80 1.94 8 16 2.1 1-1 /2 X 1-1 /4 37RT1014012 1.82 1.82 1.88 8 16 2.2 1-1/2 X 1-1/4 X 1/2 37RT1014012004 1.41 1.34 1.66 15 30 1.5 1-1/2 X 1-1/4 X 3/4 37RT1014012006 1.52 1.45 1.75 12 24 1.6 1-1 /2 X 1-1 /4 X 1 37RT1014012010 1.65 1.58 1.80 12 24 1.8 1-1/2 X 1-1/4 X 1-1/4 37RT1014012012 1.82 1.75 1.88 10 20 2.1 1-1/2 X 1-1/4 X 1-1/2 37RT1014012014 1.94 1.88 1.94 8 16 2.3 1-1 /2 X 1-1 /4 X 2 37RT1014012020 2.16 2.10 2.02 6 12 2.7 1-1/2 X 2 37RT1014020 2.16 2.16 2.02 5 10 2.9 2 X 1/2 37RT1020004 1.49 1.49 1.88 8 16 2.6 2 X 3/4 37RT1020006 1.60 1.60 1.97 8 16 2.6 2x1 37RT1020010 1.73 1.73 2.02 6 12 2.9 2x1x2 37RT1020010020 2.25 2.02 2.25 5 10 3.1 2 X 1-1/4 37RT1020012 1.90 1.90 2.10 5 10 3.2 2 X 1-1/4 X 2 37RT1020012020 2.25 2.10 2.25 5 10 3.2 2 X 1-1/2 37RT1020014 2.02 2.02 2.16 5 10 3.3 2x 1-1/2x 1/2 37RT1020014004 1.49 1.41 1.88 8 16 2.1 2 X 1-1/2 X 3/4 37RT1020014006 1.60 1.52 1.97 8 16 2.2 2x1-1/2x1 37RT1020014010 1.73 1.65 2.02 8 16 2.4 2 X 1-1 /2 X 1-1 / 4 37RT1020014012 1.90 1.82 2.10 7 14 2.7 2 X 1-1/2 X 1-1/2 37RT1020014014 2.02 1.94 2.16 7 14 2.9 2 X 1-1/2 X 2 37RT1020014020 2.25 2.16 2.25 5 10 3.4 2 X 2-1/2 37RT1020024 2.60 2.60 2.39 3 6 4.6 SMITH-COOPER I TER ATIO AL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX (323) 890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com 198 ~SYSTEM '-~ SENSOR® SSM/SSV Series Alarm Bells System Sensor's SSM and SSV series alarm bells are low current, high decibel notification appliances for use in fire and burglary systems or other signaling applications. Features • Approved for indoor and outdoor use • Low current draw • High dB output • Available in six-inch, eight-inch, and ten-inch sizes • AC and DC models • DC models polarized for use with supervision circuitry • Mount directly to standard four-inch square electrical box indoors • SSM and SSV series come pre-wired Agency Listings ® LISTED <8> APPROVED MEA approved 54011 CSS49 3005255 7135-1653:0217 331-01-E Reliable Performance. The SSM and SSV series provide loud resonant tones. The SSM series operates on 24VDC and are motor driven, while the SSV series operates on 120VAC utilizing a vibrating mechanism. ., Simplified Installation. For indoor use, the SSM and SSV series mount to a standard four-inch square electrical box. For outdoor applications, weatherproof back box, model number WBB, is used. The SSM and SSV series come pre-wired, to reduce installation time. The SSM series incorporates a polarized electrical design for use with supervision circuitry. I SSM/SSV Specifications Architectural/Engineering Specifications Model shall be a SSM or SSV Series alarm bell. Bells shall have underdome strikers and operating mechanisms. Gongs on said bells shall be no smaller than nominal 6-;3·;1 o· (specify size) with an operating voltage of 24VDC or 120VAC (specify by part number). Bells shall be suitable for surface or semi-flush mounting. Outdoor surface mounted installations shall be weatherproof (using optional WBB weatherproof electrical box). Otherwise bells shall mount to a standard 4-square electrical box having a maximum projection of 2½ ". Bells shall be located as shown on the drawings or as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Bells shall be listed for indoor/outdoor use by Underwriters Laboratories and the California State Fire Marshal, and approved by Factory Mutual and MEA. Physical/Operating Specifications Operating Temperature Range Operating Voltage Termination Service Use Warranty Electrical Specifications Model Gong Diameter (inches) SSM24-6 6 SSM24-8 8 SSM24-10 10 SSV120-6 6 SSV120-8 8 SSV120-10 10 -31 °F to 140°F SSM series: 24 VDC SSV series: 120 VAC Provided with 2 sets of leads for in/out wiring Fire Alarm, General Signaling, Burglar Alarm 3 years Nominal Voltage Operating Voltage Limit Regulated 24VDC 16to33VDC Regulated 24VDC 16to 33VDC Regulated 24VDC 16to 33VDC Regulated 120VAC 96to 132VAC Regulated 120VAC 96to 132VAC Regulated 120VAC 96to 132VAC * Sound output measured at Underwriter Laboratories, as specified in UL464 Ordering Information UL/FM Model No. ULC/Canadian Model No. Description SSM24-6 SSM24-6A Bell, 6", 24VDC, Polarized, 82dBA SSM24-8 SSM24-8A Bell, 8", 24VDC, Polarized, 80dBA SSM24-10 SSM24-10A Bell, 10·, 24VDC, Polarized, 81dBA SSV120-6 SSV120-6A Bell, 6", 120VAC, 85dBA SSV120-8 SSV120-8A Bell, 8", 120VAC, 82dBA SSV120-10 SSV120-10A Bell, 1 o·, 120VAC, 82dBA Maximum Current Sound Output (dBA) DC-31 .1 mN FWR-53.SmA 82 DC-31 .1 mN FWR-53.SmA 80 DC-31 .1 mN FWR-53.SmA 81 53mA 85 53mA 82 53mA 82 WBB Weatherproof back box for SSM and SSV series, when installed outdoors ~SYSTEM '-~ SENSOR® 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 Phone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 C>2011 System Sensor. Product specifications subject to change w~hout notice. Vi~ systemsensor.com for current product information, including the latest version cl this data sheet AOS-0260-010 • 08/11 • #2870 UL Models WFD20 WFD25 WFD30-2 WFD35 WFD40 WFD50 WFD60 WFD80 ULC/Canadian Models WFD20A WFD25A WFD30-2A WFD35A WFD40A WFD50A WFD60A WFD80A Replacement Parts A3008-00 A 77-01-02 546-7000 WFDW WFDN4 Retard Mechanism Terminal Block Cover Tamper Switch Kit Cover Wrench Replacement gasket kit Product Overview New WFD30-2 models install in 2" hole sizes UL models are NEMA 4 rated Sealed retard mechanism assures that the retard is not contaminated by dust and dirt when the cover is removed Visual switch activation permits installer to accurately set retard under noisy conditions Rugged, dual SPOT switches are enclosed in a durable terminal block Accommodates up to 12 AWG wire 100% synchronization activates both alarm panel and local bell simultaneously ® <8> LISTED APPROVED System Sensor's WFD series is compatible with schedule 10 through 40 steel pipe, sizes 2" through 8", and can be mounted in a vertical or horizontal position. Robust Construction. The WFD series consists of a rugged, NEMA 4 rated enclosure. Designed for both indoor and outdoor use, the WFD series operates across a wide temperature range, from 32°F to 120°F. Reliable Performance. UL listed models are equipped with tamper resistant cover screws to prevent unauthorized entry. Inside, two sets of SPDT (Form C) synchronized switches are enclosed in a durable terminal block to assure reliable performance. False Alarm Immunity. The WFD series incorporates a mechanical retard fea- ture, which minimizes the risk of false alarm due to pressure surges or air trapped in the sprinkler system. In addition, the mechanical retard's unique sealed design is immune to dust and other contaminants. Simplified Operation. The WFD series is designed to simplify installation. Two conduit openings permit easy attachment to the local alarm system. The retard mechanism and dual SPDT switches are field-replaceable. MEA approved I . . \ Engineering Specifications Vane-type waterflow detectors shall be installed on system piping as designated on the drawing and/or as specified herein. Detectors shall mount on any clear pipe span of the appropriate nominal size, either a vertical upflow or horizontal run, at least 6" from any fittings which may change water direction, flow rate, or pipe diameter or no closer than 24" from a valve or drain. Detectors shall have a sensitivity in the range of 4 to 10 gallons per minute and a static pressure rating of 450 psi* for 2" -811 pipes. The detector shall respond to waterflow in the specified direction after a preset time delay which is field adjustable. The delay mechanism shall be a sealed mechanical pneumatic unit with visual indication of actuation. The actuation mechanism shall include a polyethylene vane inserted through a hole in the pipe and connected by a mechanical linkage to the delay mech- anism. Outputs shall consist of dual SPOT switches ( Form C contacts). Two conduit entrances for standard fittings of commonly used electrical conduit shall be provided on the detectors. A grounding provision is provided. Unless noted, enclosures shall be NEMA 4 listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. All detectors shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for indoor or out- door use. Standard Specifications Conduit Entrances Service Use Static Pressure Rating 450 PSI * Triggering Threshold Bandwidth ( Flow Rate) 4-10 GPM Two openings for ½" conduit. One open, one knock-out type Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA-13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA-72 Maximum Surge 18 Feet Per Second (FPS) Compatible Pipe: Operating Temperature Range 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Enclosure Rating* NEMA 4 -suitable for indoor/outdoor use Steel water pipe, schedule 10 through 40 Cover Tamper Switch Standard with ULC models Contact Ratings Two sets of SPDT (Form C) Optional for UL models, part no. 546-7000 10.0 A, 1/2 HP @ 125/250 VAC 2.5 A@ 6/12/24 VDC Shipping Weight WFD20: 4.2 lbs. WFD25: 4.3 lbs. WFD40: 5.2 lbs. WFD50: 6.3 lbs. Overall Dimensions Installed: Pipe- Width: See Table Ordering Information WFD30-2: 4.5 lbs. WFD60: 6.8 lbs. WFD35: 4.7 lbs. WFD80: 7.5 lbs. Pipe Model Width Model Width WFD20 4.6" W D40 6.8" WFD25 4.6" WFD50 7.8" WFD30-2 5.2' WFD60 9.0" WFD35 5.7" WFD80 10.8" UL Model Numbers ULC/Canadian Model Numbers Pipe Size Hole Size WFD20 WFD20A 2" 1¼" WFD25 WFD25A 2½" 1¼" WFD30-2 WFD30-2A 3" 2· WFD35 WFD35A 3½" 1¼" WFD40 WFD40A 4• 2" WFD50 WFD50A 5" 2" WFD60* WFD60A 6" 2" WFD80* WFD80A 8" 2" *Maximum pressure rating 400 psi as approved by Factory Mutual. System Sensor Sales and Service System Sensor Headquarters 3825 Ohio Avenue St. Charles, IL 60174 Ph:800/SENSOR2 Fx : 630/377-6495 Documents-on-Demand 800/736-7672 x3 www .systemsensor.com System Sensor Canada Ph: 905.812.0767 Fx: 905.812.0771 System Sensor Europe Ph: 44.1403.276500 Fx: 44.1403.276501 System Sensor In China Ph: 86.29.524.6253 Fx: 86.29.524.6259 System Sensor In Singapore Ph: 65.6273.2230 Fx: 65.6273.2610 ©2002 System Sensor. The company reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Warranty 3 Years U.S. Patent Numbers 3,845,259 4,782,333 5,213,205 Part Number Description A3008-00 Retard mechanism A77-01-02 Terminal block 546-7000 Tamper proof switch kit WFDW Tamper proof wrench for cover WFDN4 Gasket kit System Sensor -Far East Ph: 85.22.191.9003 Fx : 85.22.736.6580 System Sensor -Australia Ph : 613.54.281.142 Fx: 613.54.281.172 System Sensor -India Ph: 91.124.637.1770 x.2700 Fx: 91.124.637.3118 A05-0180-008•04/02•#947 {' 1:i,:i!'i!tecUon Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage General Description The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers described in this data sheet are quick response, standard coverage, decorative 3 mm glass bulb-type spray sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard, commercial occupan- cies such as banks, hotels, and shop- ping malls. The recessed version of the Series TY-FRB Pendent Sprinkler, where applicable, is intended for use in areas with a finished ceiling. This recessed pendent sprinkler uses one of the following: • A two-piece Style 15 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust- ment up to 5/8 inch (15,9 mm) from the flush pendent position. • A two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust- ment up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) from the flush pendent position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. Intermediate level versions of Series TY-FRB Sprinklers are described in Technical Data Sheet TFP357. Sprin- kler guards and shields are described in Technical Data Sheet TFP780. IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 4 IN•li@I The TYCO Series TY-FRB Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authori- ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Nu,nber (SIN} TY313 ..... Upright 5.6K, 1/2"NPT TY323 ..... Pendent 5.6K, 1/2" NPT Technical Data Approvals Refer to Table A Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12.1 bar) 250 psi (17.2 bar)* • The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17.2 bar) only applies to the listing by Underwriters Laborato- ries, Inc. (UL). Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 GPM/psi½ (80,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating Refer to Table A Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table B Recessed Escutcheon: White Coated, Black Coated, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................ Bronze Button ...................... Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly ... Stainless Steel w/TEFLON Bulb ............................... Glass Compression Screw ................. Bronze Deflector .......................... Bronze JULY 2017 Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- tion systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (such as, UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the requirements of FM's Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 15 or Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon is to be used for recessed pendent installations. TFP172 , TFP172 Page 2 of 4 Components: 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. STYLE 15 or 20 Assembly 6 -Deflector* DEFLECTOR * ESCUTCHEON PLATE 1 /2" 7 /16" (11 , 1 mm) RECESSED SEATING SURFACE NPT** NOMINAL MAKE-IN ESCUTCHEON 7/16" (11 ,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN 2" (50,8 mm) CROSS SECTION UPRIGHT 2" -~ ~t (34,9 mm) WRENCH FLATS DEFLECTOR * ~ 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY313) AND PENDENT (TY323) SPRINKLERS 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT, QUICK RESPONSE WRENCH RECESS (USE ONLY END "A") FIGURE2 W-TYPE6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS t PUSH WRENCH INTO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE3 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH Installation The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) and 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) tem- perature ratings. A leak-tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Escutch- eon Plate by under-or over-tightening the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Upright and Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions. Step 1. Install Pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprin- klers in the upright position. Step 2. With pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 2). With ref- erence to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats. Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Recessed Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with the following instructions. Step A. After installing the Style 15 or Style 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads, and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step B. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 3). With reference to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Step C. After ceiling installation and finishing, slide on the Style 15 or Style 20 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers must be maintained and ser- viced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non- operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- tion Section.) The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING -----2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. {57,2 mm) 3/8±5/16" '71~ {9,5±7,9 mm) VZ, MOUNTING SURFACE i:¢~~ CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB MOUNTING PLATE FIGURE4 TFP172 Page 3 of 4 5/8" {15,9 mm) FLUSH 1-3/8" {34,9 mm) 3/4" {19,1 mm) SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY (TY323) WITH TWO PIECE 5/8 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 15 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) 5/16±1/4" {7,9±6,4 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE 1/2" (12,7 mm) t / ?Z, ~~==, CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB MOUNTING PLATE 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) 7/8" (22,2 mm) FIGURES SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY (TY323) WITH TWO PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON Li,nited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series TY-FRB Upright or Pendent (specify) Sprinkler, SIN (specify), K=5.6, Quick Response, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify, refer to Table A). Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style 15 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench , P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 TFP172 Page4of4 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 7) K TYPE TEMPERATURE BULB LIQUID NATURAL I CHROME I POLYESTERc FACTOR COLOR BRASS PLATED 135°F (57°C) Orange UPRIGHT 155°F (68°C) Red (TY313) and 175°F {79°C) Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6 PENDENT 200°F (93°C) Green (TY323) 5.6 286°F (141 °C) Blue 1/2" NPT 135°F (57°C) Orange RECESSED 155°F (68°C) Red PENDENT (TY313) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1,2,3,4 Figures 48 and Sb 200°F (93°C) Green Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 5. VdS Approved (For details, contact TYCO Fire Protective Products, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-54-428-3377.) 6. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 7. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. a. Installed with Style 15 (1/2" NPT) 5/8" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2" NPT) 1/2" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. c. Frame and Deflector only. Listings and approvals apply to color (Special Order). I 370 371 TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 5.6 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS P/N* 77 -XXX -X -XXX I I I SIN SPRINKLER FINISH 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2-NPT) TY313 1 NATURAL BRASS 5.6K PENDENT (1/2-NPT) TY323 3 PURE WHITE (RAL9010)** POLYESTER • Use suffix "I" for ISO 7-1 connection; 4 SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) for example, 77-370-4-175-1 POLYESTER 5 JET BLACK (RAL9005) POLYESTER 9 CHROME PLATED .. Eastern Hemisphere sales only TABLE B SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION TEMPERATURE RATINGS 135 135°F (57°C) 155 155°F (68°C) 175 175°F (79°C) 200 200°F (93°C) 286 286°F (141°C) GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright <C> 2017 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont tL/fj?e'i!,tection Products j 1:q :;! 'i!tection Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9 K-factor Pendent Sprinkler Wet Pipe and Dry Pipe Systems General Description TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers (TY2234) are decorative, fast response, frangi- ble bulb sprinklers designed for use in residential occupancies such as homes, apartments, dormitories, and hotels. When aesthetics and optimized flow characteristics are the major con- sideration, the Series LFII Residential Sprinklers (TY2234) should be the first choice. The Series LFII Residential Sprinklers are intended for use in the following scenarios: • wet and dry pipe residential sprin- kler systems for one-and two-fam- ily dwellings and mobile homes per NFPA 13D • wet and dry pipe residential sprinkler systems for residential occupancies up to and including four stories in height per N FPA 13R • wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems for the residential portions of any occupancy per NFPA 13 The recessed version of the Series LFII Residential Sprinklers is intended for use in areas with finished ceilings. It employs a two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon. The Recessed Escutcheon provides 1/4 inch (6,4 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush ceiling position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its components and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 6 Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. The Series LFII Residential Sprinklers have been designed with heat sensi- tivity and water distribution charac- teristics proven to help in the control of residential fires and to improve the chance for occupants to escape or be evacuated. Dry Pipe System Application The Series LFII Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers offers a laboratory approved option for designing dry pipe residential sprin- kler systems, whereas, most residential sprinklers are laboratory approved for wet systems only. Through extensive testing, it has been determined that the number of design sprinklers (hydraulic design area) for the Series LFII Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers (TY2234) need not be increased over the number of design sprinklers (hydraulic design area) as specified for wet pipe sprinkler systems, as is accustomed for density/ area sprinkler systems designed per NFPA 13. Consequently, the Series LFII Resi- dential Sprinklers offer the features of non-water filled pipe in addition to not having to increase the number of design sprinklers (hydraulic design area) for systems designed to NFPA 13, 13D, or 13R. •t't•li@◄ The Series LF/1 Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers (TY2234) described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. JANUARY 2016 Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN} TY2234 Technical Data Approvals UL Listed (for use with wet pipe and dry pipe systems) C-UL Listed (for use only with wet pipe systems) Certified to all requirements of NSF/ANSI 61 (Refer to the Design Criteria section for details on these approvals.) Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Discharge Coefficient K=4.9 gpm/psi1/2 (70,6 lpm/bar112) Temperature Rating 155°F (68°C) or 175°F (79°C) Finishes Natural Brass, Pure White, Signal White, or Chrome Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................. Brass Button ........................... Copper Sealing Assembly .. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb (3 mm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glass Compression Screw ................. Bronze Deflector .......................... Bronze TFP400 ' (,,/ TFP400 Page 2 of 6 Components: 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing Assembly 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw 6 -Deflector* * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. 2 3 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN t 1/2" NPT ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE WRENCH FLATS STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON CROSS SECTION PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LF/1 RESIDENTIAL 4.9K PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS (TY2234) Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed for installation in accordance with this section. Residential Sprinkler Design Guide When conditions exist that are outside the scope of the provided criteria, refer to the Residential Sprinkler Design Guide TFP490 for the manufactur- er's recommendations that may be acceptable to the local authority having jurisdiction. System Types Per the UL Listing, wet pipe and dry pipe systems may be utilized. Per the C-UL Listing, only wet pipe systems may be utilized. Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP485 for the use of residential sprinklers in residential dry pipe systems. Ceiling Types Smooth flat horizontal, or beamed, or sloped, in accordance with the 2013 Edition of NFPA 13D, 13R, or 13, as applicable. Hydraulic Design (NFPA 13D and 13R) For systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, the minimum required sprinkler flow rates are given in Tables A and B as a function of tem- perature rating and the maximum allowable coverage areas. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from each of the total number of "design sprinklers" as specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. The number of "design sprinklers" specified in NFPA 13D and 13R for wet pipe systems is to be applied when designing dry pipe systems. Hydraulic Design (NFPA 13) For systems designed to NFPA 13, the number of design sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required dis- charge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: • The flow rates given in Table A or B as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage area. • A minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm/ft2 over the "design area" comprised of the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers for actual coverage areas protected by the four sprinklers. The number of design sprinklers speci- fied in NFPA 13 for wet pipe systems is to be applied when designing dry pipe systems. Dry Pipe System Water Delivery When using the Series LFII Residential Sprinklers (TY2234) in dry pipe sprin- kler systems, the time for water deliv- ery must not exceed 15 seconds for the most remote operating sprinkler. Obstruction to Water Distribution Sprinklers are to be located in accor- dance with the obstruction rules of NFPA 13D, 13R, and 13 as applicable for residential sprinklers as well as with the obstruction criteria described within the Technical Data Sheet TFP490. Operational Sensitivity Sprinklers are to be installed with a deflector-to-ceiling distance of 1-1/4 to 4 inches. Sprinkler Spacing The minimum spacing between sprin- klers is 8 feet (2,4 m). The maximum spacing between sprinklers cannot exceed the length of the coverage area (Table A or B) being hydraulically cal- culated (e.g., maximum 12 feet for a 12 ft. x 12 ft. coverage area, or 20 feet for a 20 ft. x 20 ft. coverage area). ) Maximum Ordinary Temperature Rating Coveraffe Area< 155°F (68°C) Ft. X Ft. Flow Pressure (m xm) gpm psi (I/min) (bar) 12 X 12 13 7.0 (3,7 X 3,7) (49,2) (0,48) 14 X 14 13 7.0 (4,3 X 4,3) (49,2) (0,48) 16 X 16 13 7.0 (4,9 X 4,9) (49,2) (0,48) 18 X 18 17 12.0 (5,5 X 5,5) (64,3) (0,83) 20 X 20 20 16.7 (6 ,1 X 6,1) (75,7) (1,15) Notes: WET PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure <2><3> Intermediate Temperature Rating 175°F (79°C) Deflector to Flow Pressure Ceiling gpm psi (I/min) (bar) 13 7.0 Smooth (49,2) (0,48) Ceilings 13 7.0 1-1/4 to (49,2) (0,48) 4 inches Beamed 13 7.0 Ceilings per (49,2) (0,48) NFPA 130 17 12.0 or13R (64,3) (0,83) 1-1/4 to 1-3/4 inches below 20 16.7 bottom of (75 ,7) (1,15) beam. Installation Type Recessed using Style 20 Escutcheon or non-recessed per NFPA 130, 13R, or 13 TFP400 Page 3 of 6 Minimum Spacing Ft. (m) 8 (2,4) 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm (1pm) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications, the greater of 0.1 gpm/ft.2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLE A WET PIPE SYSTEM SERIES LF/1 RESIDENTIAL 4.9K PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS (TY2234) NFPA 13D, 13R, AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA DRY PIPE SYSTEM Maximum Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure (2)(3) Coveraffe Ordinary Temperature Rating Intermediate Temperature Rating Area< 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) Minimum Ft. X Ft. Deflector to Installation Spacing (m xm) Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Ceiling Type Ft. gpm psi gpm psi (m) (I/min) (bar) (I/min) (bar) 12 X 12 13 7.0 13 7.0 Smooth (3,7 X 3,7) (49,2) (0,48) (49,2) (0,48) Ceilings 14 X 14 14 8.2 14 8.2 1-1/4 to 4 (4,3 X 4,3) (53,0) (0,57) (53,0) (0,57) inches Recessed Beamed using Style 20 16 X 16 15 9.4 15 9.4 Ceilings Escutcheon or 8 (4,9 X 4,9) (56,8) (0,65) (56,8) (0,65) per NFPA 130 non-recessed (2,4) 18 X 18 18 13.5 18 13.5 or13R per NFPA 130, (5,5 X 5,5) (68,1) (0,93) (68,1) (0,93) 1-1/4 to 1-3/4 13R, or 13 inches below 20 X 20 21 18.4 21 18.4 bottom of (6,1 X 6,1) (79,5) (1,27) (79,5) (1,27) beam. Notes: 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm (1pm) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications, the greater of 0.1 gpm/ft.2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLES DRY PIPE SYSTEM SERIES LF/1 RESIDENTIAL 4.9K PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS (TY2234) NFPA 13D, 13R, AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA TFP400 Page 4 of 6 7/16±1/8" (11 , 1±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING \ MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE TY2234 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2mm) 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) 1-1/8" (28,6 mm) FIGURE2 STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FOR USE WITH THE RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LF/1 RESIDENTIAL PENDENT SPRINKLER Installation TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm). A leak-tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a min- imum-to-maximum torque of 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- eon Plate by under-or over-tightening the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Pendent Sprinklers The Series LFII Residential Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with the following instructions: Step 1. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position with the deflector par- allel to the ceiling. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 3). With ref- erence to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats. Recessed Pendent Sprinklers The Series LFII Residential Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: Step A. Install recessed pendent sprin- klers in the pendent position with the deflector parallel to the ceiling. Step B. After installing the Style 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads and with pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 4). With reference to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Step D. After the ceiling has been installed or the finish coat has been applied, slide on the Style 20 Closure over the Series LFII Residential Sprin- kler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. WRENCH RECESS (END "A" USED FOR TY2234) FIGURE3 W-TYPE6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS t PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE4 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH Care and Maintenance TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section: Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must be obtained from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non- operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb (Ref. Installa- tion section). The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure TFP400 Page 5 of 6 Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and part number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies Specify: Series LFII 4.9K Residential Pendent Sprinkler (TY2234), (specify temperature rating), with (specify) finish, P/N (specify): 155°F (68°C) Natural Brass ................. 51 -201-1-155 Pure White (RAL 901 0)* ......... 51-201-3-155 Signal White (RAL 9003) ........ 51-201-4-155 Chrome Plated ................ 51 -201-9-155 175°F (79°C) Natural Brass ................. 51-201-1-175 Pure White (RAL 9010)* ......... 51-201-3-175 Signal White (RAL 9003) ........ 51-201-4-175 Chrome Plated ................ 51-201 -9-175 * Eastern Hemisphere sales only Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770. Sprinkler Wrenches Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 TFP400 Page 6 of 6 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright © 2016 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. TEFLON is trademark of the DuPont Corporation. ~L/E'i!tection Products tqca Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Series DS-1 -5.6 K-factor, Dry-type Sprinklers Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall Standard Response, Standard Coverage General Description TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- dard Response (5 mm bulb), Standard Coverage Dry-type Sprinklers are dec- orative glass bulb automatic sprinklers typically used where: • pendent sprinklers are required on dry pipe systems that are exposed to freezing temperatures (e.g., sprin- kler drops from unheated portions of buildings) • sprinklers and/or a portion of the connecting piping may be exposed to freezing temperatures (e.g., sprin- kler drops from wet systems into freezers, sprinkler sprigs from wet systems into unheated attics, or hor- izontal piping extensions through a wall to protect unheated areas of a building such as loading docks, over- hangs, and building exteriors) • sprinklers are used on systems that are seasonably drained to avoid freezing (e.g., vacation resort areas) IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING " that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 10 &❖Ji@j Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Crite- ria section. Sprinkler Identification Nu,nbers (SINsJ TY3255 -Pendent TY3155 -Upright TY3355 -Horizontal Sidewall Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved VdS Approved TY3255 w/Standard Escutcheon only NYC Approved under MEA 352-01-E LPCB Approved Reference No. 094a/11 CE Certified Certificate of Conformity No. 0832- CPD-2015 (Refer to Tables A and B for details.) AUGUST 2018 Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Inlet Thread Connections 1 inch NPT ISO 7-R 1 Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 gpm/psi1l2 (80,6 lpm/bar1l2) Temperature Ratings Refer to Tables A and B. Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table D. Escutcheon: Refer to Table D. Physical Characteristics Inlet ............................. Copper Plug ............................. Copper Yoke ....................... Stainless Steel Casing ............. Galvanized Carbon Steel Insert ............................. Bronze Bulb Seat. .................. Stainless Steel Bulb (5 mm dia.) ..................... Glass Compression Screw ................. Bronze Deflector .......................... Bronze Frame ............................ Bronze Guide Tube ................. Stainless Steel Water Tube ................. Stainless Steel Spring ..................... Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly .. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Escutcheon ................... Carbon Steel TFPS00 41 TFP500 Page 2 of 10 SPRINKLER FINISH SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON TEMPERATURE BULB I TYPE TYPE RATING COLOR CODE NATURAL CHROME POLYESTER* BRASS PLATED 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6 1,2,4,5,6 STANDARD 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 360°F (182°C) Mauve 1,2,3,6 1, 2, 6 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) 1, 2, 3, 5 1, 2, 5 Yellow RECESSED 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 1, 2 PENDENT 360°F (182°C) Mauve N/A (TY3255) 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow DEEP 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 360°F (182°C) Mauve 1,2,3,4,5 1, 2, 4, 5 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow WITHOUT 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141 °C) Blue 360°F (182°C) Mauve 1, 2, 3 1, 2 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red UPRIGHT 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1,2,3,4,5 1, 2, 4, 5 (TY3155) WITHOUT 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141 °C) Blue 360°F (182°C) Mauve 1, 2, 3 1, 2 Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), maximum order length of 48 inches 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (C-UL), maximum order length of 48 inches 3. Approved by FM Global (FM Approvals), maximum order length of 48 inches 4. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) and CE conformity apply to these temperature ratings only 5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352-01-E 6. Approved by VdS Frame and deflector only N/A -Not Applicable TABLE A SERIES DS-1 PENDENT & UPRIGHT DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS, 5.6K, STANDARD RESPONSE LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS v' SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON TEMPERATURE TYPE TYPE RATING 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) STANDARD 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) 360°F (182°C) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) BULB COLOR CODE Orange Red Yellow Green Blue Mauve Orange Red I NATURAL BRASS SPRINKLER FINISH CHROME PLATED TFPSOO Page 3 of 10 POLYESTER*** HSW* 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1**, 2**, 3***, 4, 5 1**, 2**, 4, 5 (TY3355) DEEP 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 360°F (182°C) Mauve 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow WITHOUT 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 360°F {182°C) Mauve 1**, 2**, 5 1**, 2** Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), maximum order length of 48 inches 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (C-UL), maximum order length of 48 inches 3. Approved by FM Global (FM Approvals), maximum order length of 48 inches 4. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) and CE conformity apply to these temperature ratings only 5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352-01-E Horizontal sidewall with top of deflector-to-ceiling distance of 4 to 12 inches (100 to 300 mm) .. Light and ordinary hazard occupancies only ... Light hazard occupancies only **** Frame and deflector only TABLES SERIES DS-1 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (HSW) DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER, 5.6K, STANDARD RESPONSE LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS PLUG WITH INLET SEALING ASSEMBLY YOKE SPRING INLET BAND WATER TUBE GUIDE INSERT TUBE BULB FRAME SEAT VENT HOLE COMPRESSION DEFLECTOR SCREW FIGURE 1 SERIES DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER, 5.6K, STANDARD RESPONSE ASSEMBLY WRENCH RECESS t WRENCH FLAT " " ~ PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE2 W-TYPE7 WRENCH J TFPSOO Page 4 of 10 SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF \ SPRINKLER FITTING - FACE OF \ SPRINKLER FITTING FACE OF \ SPRINKLER FITTING -~\ ___ L_ ___,\ ___ L_ t ...,...........\~ __ L_ t ORDER LENGTHS: 2-3/4" to 48" (69,9 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF CEILING 2-3/16" ± 1 /8" (55,6 ± 3,2 mm) 3" DIA. (76,2 mm) ORDER LENGTHS: 3-3/4" to 48" (95,3 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF CEILING 1-3/8" ± 1/8" (34,9 ± 3,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) ORDER LENGTHS: 1/2" to 46 " (12,7 to 1168,4 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS 4-1/4" ± 1/8" (108,0 ± 3,2 mm) j 3-1/2" DIA. (88,9 mm) I I 2-1/2" DIA. (63,5 mm) I . I I FIGURE 3 PENDENT (TY3255) WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON FIGURE4 PENDENT (TY3255) WITH STANDARD RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FIGURES PENDENT (TY3255) WITH DEEP ESCUTCHEON SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF \ SPRINKLER FITTING I L_ ORDER LENGTHS: 5" to 48" (127,0 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4" (6 ,4 mm) INCREMENTS MINIMUM 1-3/4" (44,5 mm) DEFLECTOR TO CEILING FIGURE6 PENDENT (TY3255) WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON TOP OF DEFLECTOR ORDER LENGTHS: 5" to 48" (127,0 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING /- SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FIGURE 7 UPRIGHT (TY3155) WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON ORDER LENGTHS: 2-3/4 11 to 4811 (69,9 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1 /4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING FACE OF MOUNTING SURFACE 2-3/811 ± 1/811 (60,3 ± 3,2 mm) -· --=,,,..--!'------'-t 311 DIA. '--~1.J-----~~U-li::=!L..LL.r"_,,lt-=!=='I / !7 _:r) SPRINKLER FITTING -I (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE 5/16 11 CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY (7,9 mm) FIGURES HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3355) WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON ORDER LENGTHS: 1 /211 to 45-3/411 (12, 7 to 1162, 1 mm) IN 1/411 (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING FACE OF MOUNTING SURFACE 4-1/411 ± 1/811 (108,0 ± 3,2 mm) '--~u------+-----.--,~=====--1 rJ·_j~a¥~11~~- SPRINKLER FITTING , - (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE 5/1611 CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY (7,9 mm) FIGURE9 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3355) WITH DEEP ESCUTCHEON ORDER LENGTHS: f-------5-1/211 to 4811 (139,7 to 1219,2 mm) -----i IN 1/411 (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS MINIMUM 2-1/411 (57,2 mm) f------J-DEFLECTOR TO MOUNTING SURFACE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) 7 i--:r6. (7,9mm) CENTERLINE OF WATERWAY FIGURE 10 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3355) WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON TFPSOO Page 5 of 10 Operation When TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- dard Response, Standard Coverage Dry-type Sprinklers are in service, water is prevented from entering the assembly by the Plug with Sealing Assembly (Ref. Figure 1) in the Inlet of the sprinkler. The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, and the Bulb Seat is released. The compressed Spring is then able to expand and push the Water Tube as well as the Guide Tube outward. This action simultaneously pulls inward on the Yoke, withdrawing the Plug with Sealing Assembly from the Inlet, allow- ing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- dard Response, Standard Coverage Dry-type Sprinklers are intended for use in fire sprinkler systems designed in accordance with the standard instal- lation rules recognized by the applica- ble listing or approval agency (e.g., UL Listing is based on NFPA 13 require- ments). For more information on LPCB Approval, contact Johnson Controls at the following office: Kopersteden 1 7547 T J Enschede The Netherlands Tel: +31-(0)53-428-4444 Fax: +31-(0)53-428-3377 Sprinkler Fittings Install 1 in. NPT Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers in the 1 in. NPT outlet or run of the following fittings: • malleable or ductile iron threaded tee fittings that meet the dimen- sional requirements of ANSI 816.3 (Class 150) • cast iron threaded tee fittings that meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI 816.4 (Class 125) Do not install Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers into elbow fittings. The Inlet of the sprinkler can contact the interior of the elbow. The unused outlet of the threaded tee is plugged as shown in Figure 12. TFPSOO Page 6 of 10 Temperatures for Heated Area<1> Ambient Temperature 40°F 50°F 60°F Exposed to (4°C) (10°C) (16°C) Discharge End of Sprinkler Minimum Exposed Barrel Length<2>, Inches (mm) 40°F 0 0 0 (4°C) 30°F 0 0 0 (-10C) 20°F 4 0 0 (-?°C) (100) 10°F 8 1 0 {-12°C) (200) (25) 0°F 12 3 0 (-18°C) (305) (75) -10°F 14 4 1 (-23°C) (355) (100) (25) -20°F 14 6 3 (-29°C) (355) (150) (75) -30°F 16 8 4 (-34°C) (405) (200) (100) -40°F 18 8 4 (-40°C) (455) (200) (100) -50°F 20 10 6 (-46°C) (510) (255) (150) -60°F 20 10 6 (-51 °C) (510) (255) (150) Notes: 1. For protected area temperatures that occur between values listed above, use the next cooler temperature. 2. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up to 30 mph (18,6 kph). TABLEC EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS MINIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS You can also install Series DS-1 Dry- type Sprinklers in the 1 inch N PT outlet of a GRINNELL Figure 730 Mechanical Tee and GRINNELL G-FIRE Figure 522; however, the use of the Figure 730 Tee and Figure 522 for this arrangement is limited to wet pipe systems. The configuration shown in Figure 13 is only applicable for wet pipe systems where the sprinkler fitting and water- filled pipe above the sprinkler fitting are not subject to freezing and where the length of the dry-type sprinkler has the minimum exposure length depicted in Figure 11. Refer to the Exposure Length section. For wet pipe system installations of 1 inch NPT Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprin- klers connected to CPVC piping, use only the following TYCO CPVC fittings: • 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Female Adapter (P/N 80145) • 1 in. x 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee (P/N 80249) For dry pipe system installations, use only the side outlet of maximum 2-1 /2 inch reducing tee when locating Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers directly below the branchline; otherwise, use the configuration shown in Figure 12 to assure complete water drainage from above Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprin- klers and the branchline. Failure to do so may result in pipe freezing and water damage. 14•1i@I Do not install Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers into any other type fitting without first consulting the Johnson Controls Technical Services. Failure to use the appropriate fitting may result in one of the following: • failure of the sprinkler to operate properly due to formation of ice over the Inlet Plug or binding of the Inlet Plug • insufficient engagement of the Inlet pipe-threads with consequent leakage Drainage In accordance with the minimum requirements of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION for dry pipe sprinkler systems, branch, cross, and feed-main piping connected to Dry Sprinklers and subject to freezing tem- peratures must be pitched for proper drainage. Exposure Length When using Dry Sprinklers in wet pipe sprinkler systems to protect areas subject to freezing temperatures, use Table C to determine a sprinkler's appropriate exposed barrel length to prevent water from freezing in the con- necting pipes due to conduction. The exposed barrel length measurement must be taken from the face of the sprinkler fitting to the surface of the structure or insulation that is exposed to the heated area. Refer to Figure 11 for an example. For protected area temperatures between those given above, the minimum recommended length from the face of the fitting to the outside of the protected area may be determined by interpolating between the indicated values. Clearance Space In accordance with NFPA 13, when connecting an area subject to freez- ing and an area containing a wet pipe sprinkler system, the clearance space around the sprinkler barrel of dry-type sprinklers must be sealed. Due totem- perature differences between two areas, the potential for the formation of condensation in the sprinkler and subsequent ice build-up is increased. If this condensation is not controlled, ice build-up can occur that might damage the dry-type sprinkler and/or prevent proper operation in a fire situation. Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler Boot, described in technical data sheet TFP591 and shown in Figures 14 and 15, can provide the recommended seal. FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING m1lim llllmDII DSB-2 INTENDED FOR FREEZER STRUCTURES 7 EXPOSURE LENGTH (SEE DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) TO DRY SYSTEM ■ RUN OUTLET PLUGGED SPRINKLER FITTING (SEE DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) DSB-2 INTENDED FOR FREEZER STRUCTURES TO WET SYSTEM m1lim llllmDII DSB-2 INTENDED FOR FREEZER STRUCTURES TFP500 Page 7 of 10 SIDE OUTLET PLUGGED SPRINKLER FITTING (SEE DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FIGURE 11 EXPOSURE LENGTH FIGURE 12 SPRINKLER FITTING UNHEATED AREA FIGURE 13 SPRINKLER FITTING HEATED AREA STRAP TIES (ENDS ON OPPOSING SIDES OF BOOT) ADHESIVE 1-3/4" DIA. (44,5 mm) CLEARANCE HOLE INSULATED FREEZER STRUCTURE DS-1 SHOWN WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 14 MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER BOOT WITH PENDENT SERIES DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER 1-3/4" DIA. (44,5 mm) CLEARANCE INSULATED HOLE FREEZER ADHESIVE STRUCTURE STRAP TIES (ENDS ON OPPOSING SIDES OF BOOT) DS-1 SHOWN WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 15 MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER BOOT WITH SIDEWALL SERIES DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER TFP500 Page 8 of 10 Installation TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- dard Response, Standard Coverage Dry-type Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Series DS-1 Dry-type Sprinklers must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Crite- ria section. Refer to the Design Criteria section for other important require- ments regarding piping design and sealing of the clearance space around the Sprinkler Casing. Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1 /16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) rating to 1 /8 inch (3,2 mm) for the 360°F (182°C) rating. Obtain a leak-tight 1 inch NPT sprinkler joint by applying a minimum-to-maxi- mum torque of 20 to 30 lb-ft (26,8 to 40,2 N·m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler Inlet with conse- quent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- eon Plate by under or over-tightening the Sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Notes: • Install pendent sprinklers only in the pendent position; install upright sprinklers only in the upright posi- tion. The deflector of a pendent or upright sprinkler is to be parallel to the ceiling. • Install horizontal sidewall sprinklers in the horizontal position with their centerline of waterway perpendicu- lar to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. Ensure the word "TOP" on the Deflector faces the ceiling. Step 1. With a non-hardening pipe- thread sealant such as TEFLON applied to the inlet threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 2. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler using either: • a pipe wrench on the Inlet Band or the Casing (Ref. Figure 1) • the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench on the Wrench Flat (Ref. Figure 2) Apply the wrench recess of the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flat. Note: If sprinkler removal becomes necessary, remove the sprinkler using the same wrenching method noted above. Sprinkler removal is easier when a non-hardening sealant was used and torque guidelines were followed. After removal, inspect the sprinkler for damage. Step 3. After installing the ceiling or wall and applying a ceiling finish, slide on the outer piece of the escutch- eon until it comes in contact with the ceiling/wall. Do not lift the ceiling panel out of its normal position. When using the Deep Escutcheon, hold the outer piece in contact with the mounting surface (ceiling or wall). Then rotate the inner piece approximately 1/4 turn with respect to the outer piece, to hold the Deep Escutcheon firmly together. Care and Maintenance TYCO Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, Standard Response, Standard Cover- age Dry-type Sprinklers must be main- tained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. A Vent Hole is provided in the Bulb Seat (Ref. Figure 1) to indicate if the Dry Sprinkler is remaining dry. Evidence of leakage from the Vent Hole indicates potential leakage past the Inlet seal and the need to remove the sprinkler to determine the cause of leakage; for example, an improper installation or an ice plug. Close the fire protec- tion system control valve and drain the system before removing the sprinkler. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb (Ref. Installa- tion section). The owner is responsible for the inspec- tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. P/N* 60 -XXX I I -X I -XXX TFP500 Page 9 of 10 SIN SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON FINISH FINISH<11 96 Pendent with TY3255 CHROME SIGNAL WHITE Standard Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 3) 0 PLATED (RAL9003) POLYESTER 93 Pendent with TY3255 Deep Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 5) NATURAL SIGNAL WHITE Pendent with TY3255 1 BRASS (RAL9003) 97 Recessed Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 4) POLYESTER 92 Pendent without TY3255 2 NATURAL BRASS Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 6) BRASS PLATED Sidewall with TY3355 SIGNAL WHITE SIGNAL WHITE 94 4 (RAL9003) (RAL9003) Standard Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 8) POLYESTER POLYESTER 53 Sidewall with TY3355 CHROME CHROME Deep Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 9) 9 PLATED PLATED 54 Sidewall without TY3355 Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 10) TEMPERATURE ORDER RATING<21 LENGTH<31 98 Upright without TY3155 Escutcheon (1 in. NPT) (Figure 7) 0 135°F (57°C) 055 5.50 in. Notes: 1 155°F (68°C) 082 8.25 in. 1. Escutcheon Finish applies to sprinklers provided with escutcheons. 2. 360°F (182°C) temperature rating applies to non-recessed sprinkler 2 175°F (79°C) 180 18.00 in. assemblies. 3. Dry-type Sprinklers are furnished based upon "Order Length" as mea- sured per Figures 3 through 10, as applicable, and for each individual 3 200°F (93°C) 187 18.75 in. sprinkler where it is to be installed. After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. 4 286°F (141°C) 372 37.25 in. Use Prefix "I" for ISO 7-R 1 Connection (e.g., l-60-961 -1-180). 5 360°F (182°C) 480 48.00 in. TABLED SERIES DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS, 5.6K, STANDARD RESPONSE Li,nited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indi- cate the full product name, including description and part number (P/N). Dry-type Sprinklers When ordering Series DS-1 5.6K Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Side- wall, Standard Response, Standard Coverage Dry-type Sprinklers, specify the following information: PART NUMBER SELECTION • SIN : TY3255 -Pendent TY3155 -Upright TY3355-Horizontal Sidewall • Order Length: Dry-type Sprinklers are furnished based upon Order Length as mea- sured per Figures 3 through 10, as applicable. After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. • Inlet Connections: 1 Inch NPT (Standard) ISO 7-R 1 (For information on ISO Inlet Thread Connections, contact your Johnson Controls Sales Representative.) • Temperature Rating • Sprinkler Finish • Escutcheon Type and Finish, as applicable • P/N from Table D Part numbers are for 1 inch NPT standard order sprinklers. Orders for all other sprinkler assemblies must be accompanied by a complete description. Sprinkler Wrench Specify W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 Sprinkler Boot Specify Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler Boot, P/N 63-000-0-002 This part number includes one (1) Boot, two (2) Strap Ties, and 1/3 oz. of Adhe- sive (a sufficient quantity for installing one boot). TO LCD www.tolco.com NIBCD Revision 6/29/2009 Fig. 200 -"Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger Size Range -1 /211 thru 811 pipe Material -Carbon Steel, Mil. Galvanized to G90 specifications Function -For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features - • (1/211 thru 211 } Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. • (2½" thru 8") Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. A c@usUSTEo <8> - B A Approvals -Underwriters' Laboratories listed (1/211 thru 811 } in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (3/411 thru 811 }. Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-58, Type 10. 1" THAU 2" PIPE 2 1/2" THAU 8" PIPE Maximum Temperature -650°F Finish -Mil. Galvanized. For Stainless Steel materi- als, order TOLCO® Fig. 200WON. Order By -Figure number and pipe size Note -For removable nut feature, order Fig. 200 S Dimensions • Weights Pipe Rod Size Size Inch Metric A B 1/2 3/8 8mm or 10mm 3¼ 25/a 3/4 3/8 8mm or 10mm 3¼ 2½ 1 3/8 8mm or 10mm 33,11 25/e 1¼ 3/8 8mm or 10mm 3¾ 27/s 1½ 3/8 8mm or 10mm 37,11 27/s 2 3/8 8mm or 10mm 4½ 3 2½ 3/8 10mm 5% 41/s 3 3/8 10mm 57,11 4 3½ 3/8 10mm 7% 5¼ 4 3/8 10mm 7% 5 5 1/2 12mm 9¼ 6¼ 6 1/2 12mm 10¼ 6¥4 8 1/2 12mm 131Ai 8¥4 Max. Rec. Approx. Load Lbs. Wt./100 400 11 400 11 400 12 400 13 400 14 400 15 600 27 600 29 600 34 1000 35 1250 66 1250 73 1250 136 ■ OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE.• CORONA. CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com tqca Models BB, SD, HIP, and AP Specific Application Sprinklers For Protecting Attics General Description The TYCO Models Back to Back Dual Directional (BB), Single Directional (SD), HIP, and Attic Plus (AP) Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics are fire sprinklers for combus- tible and non-combustible sloped attic spaces. While Models BB, SD, and HIP are specific application attic sprinklers, the Model AP is a specific application combustible concealed-space sprin- kler with specific application criteria for use with Models BB, SD, and HIP in attic spaces. Specific Application Attic Sprinklers provide superior fire protection in attic spaces. When compared to Stan- dard Spray Sprinklers, cost savings are achieved by eliminating branchline materials and the associated installa- tion labor. Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics have undergone the most extensive fire testing ever per- formed for sloped attic spaces. They are UL Listed with their specific appli- cation guidelines for use as special sprinklers as defined by the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA). Specific Application Attic Sprinklers provide an extended coverage spacing alternative to the restricted spacing of Standard Spray Sprinklers. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 28 The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers are the first sprinklers to be: • Listed for extended coverage in com- bustible construction • Full-scale fire tested in both wet and dry system scenarios • Full-scale tested for use in wood truss construction • Listed for specific roof slopes (Ref. Table A) The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers provide cost control with the best level of protection by eliminat- ing the need for additional sprinklers and branchline piping. In many cases, an attic can be entirely protected with just one line of piping located below the peak of the roof using Model BB Sprin- klers. If Model SD Sprinklers or Model HIP Sprinklers are needed, one line of either at each area being covered is sufficient. For example, while using Standard Spray Sprinklers, a system in a 60 ft (18,3 m) wide attic with up to a 12:12 roof pitch designed to NFPA 13, could require seven branchlines to cover the main portion of the attic and several additional branchlines to cover the hip areas. With Specific Application Attic Sprinklers, the required coverage can be obtained with just one branchline running below the peak and one down each slope of the hip beam. This would result in approximately 90% less pipe needed for installation. This reduction in the number of branchlines saves the cost of the pipe, fittings, hangers, and associated labor by eliminating up to five branchlines. Another important aspect of the Spe- cific Application Attic Sprinkler technol- ogy, which also allows for cost savings, is the reduction in system volume. This volume reduction may result in reduc- ing the size of a dry pipe valve and air compressor, and possibly allows for quicker water delivery times, eliminat- ing the need for an accelerator. AUGUST 2018 Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com TFP610 TFP610 Page 2 of 28 Components: 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing Assembly 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw 6 -Deflector 6 2-1/8" 1-5/8" (41 ,3 mm) 13/16" (20,6mm)I ~ Ii 2 (54.r~i I 1/2" (12,7 m~i! ... NPT NOMINAL WRENCH FRAME MAKE-IN FLATS ARMS CROSS SECTION ELEVATION FIGURE A MODELS B81, B82, AND B83 WITH 8.0 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS Components: 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing Assembly 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) 1-1/8" (28,6 mm) CROSS 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw 6 -Deflector 1-5/8" (41 ,3 mm) 13/16" (20,6mm)f SECTION ELEVATION FIGUREC MODELS B81, B82, AND B83 WITH 4.2 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS Components: 1 -Body 2 -Cap 3 -Sealing Assembly 4 -Saddle 1-9/16" (39,7 mm) 10 11 9 5 -Compression Screw 6 -Lever 7 -Deflector Frame 8 7 8 -Deflector 9 -Rivet 10 -Diffuser 11 -Link Assembly 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) 1-1/8" (28,6 mm) 2-1/2" \~ l'L--'-_7=-,____~,ll (63,Sm~ ~ ~~6 ~ ~ FRAME (~\ \ ~ ARMS -5 -\ WRENCH 1/2" 2 3 4 7/16" HEX NPT (11 ,1 mm) NOMINAL CROSS MAKE-IN SECTION ELEVATION FIGURES MODELS B81, B82, AND B83 WITH 5.6 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS 9 10 4 Components: 1 -Body 2 -Cap 5 -Compression Screw 8 -Deflector 9 -Rivet 3 -Sealing Assembly 4 -Saddle 1-5/16" (33,3mm) 6 -Lever 7 -Deflector Frame 3" (76,2 mm) 3 2 1 7/16" (11 ,1 mm) NOMINAL CROSS MAKE-IN SECTION FIGURED 10 -Link Assembly 2-1 /8" (54,0 mm) 1-5/16" (33,4 mm) WRENCH 1/2" HEX NPT ELEVATION MODELS SD1, SD2, AND SD3 WITH 5.6 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS Components: 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing Assembly 2-1/8" (54,0 mm) 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw 6 -Deflector 2-1/8" (54,0 mm) 2" (50,8mm) 1-1/4" (31,8mm) I 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN 1/2" N WRENCH FRAME FLATS ARMS Components: 1 -Frame 2 -Sealing Assembly 3 -Button 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw 6 -Deflector 7 -Ejection Spring TFP610 Page 3 of 28 1-11/16" 1 (42,9mm)I SPRINKLER FRAME ARMS 7 WRE Fl..A 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN 1 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) CROSS SECTION ELEVATION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION FIGUREE FIGURE F MODEL HIP WITH 5.6 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS MODEL AP WITH 4.2 OR 5.6 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED SPACE SPRINKLERS Another cost reduction is the Listing of BLAZEMASTER CPVC for use in attic spaces to feed the wet system Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protect- ing Attics, as well as to feed the wet system sprinklers below the ceiling. Traditionally, BLAZEMASTER CPVC has been used on the lower floors in the joist space above a ceiling that do not require sprinklers. The cost of using CPVC on those floors can now be translated to the upper floor even if sprinklers are required in the attic. There are four models of the Specific Application Attic Sprinklers used for protecting attics: BB, SD, HIP, and AP. The Model BB and Model SD Sprinklers have three separate versions used for different roof pitches. The pitches, as applicable, can vary from a minimum of 3:12 to a maximum of 12:12. For more information, refer to Table A. BB Sprinkler (Back to Back Dual Directional) The Model BB Specific Application Attic Sprinkler, as seen in Figure A, B and C, throws a narrow and long pattern. The narrow spacing along the ridge serves two purposes: the response time is reduced by placing the sprinklers no farther than 6 ft (1,8 m) apart, and the spray can be concentrated in the throw direction to obtain a pattern that will cover up to 30 ft (9,1 m) in each direction when measured horizontally. There are three different models that account for different roof slopes: 881, 882, and 883. Each model is provided in one of three different orifice sizes: K=4.2, 5.6, or 8.0. SD Sprinkler (Single Directional) The Model SD Specific Application Attic Sprinkler, as seen in Figure D, throws a narrow but long pattern like the Model BB. However, unlike the Model BB, the Model SD only throws in one direction. Model BB Sprinklers are primarily used where shear walls or draft curtains have been installed within an attic space. Model BB Sprinklers are also used when the framing direction is parallel with the outside wall in the hip area. For more information, refer to Figure 13. In this case, the SD Model Sprinkler would be used on one side of the slope and AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers would be used to protect the other side. The Model SD Sprinklers must be installed in a vertical upright orientation and not angled with the slope. Achiev- ing the vertical upright orientation may require the use of a swing joint if the SD Sprinklers are being fed from a line running along and parallel to the roof hip. There are three different models that account for different roof slopes: SD1, SD2, and SD3. HIP Sprinkler The Model HIP Specific Application Attic Sprinkler, as seen in Figure E, covers the area of the hip in the attic. This is a slightly different concept than the BB Model or SD Model Sprinklers. The HIP Sprinkler is located along the slope running down the hip, and throws a 90° pattern toward the outside eaves. This pattern allows the water to "corner" and control the fire. The HIP does not throw much water directly up or down the hip, but rather it throws most of the pattern out to each side (90°) down the slope of the roof. This sprinkler is typically spaced 6 ft (1,8 m) to 3 ft (0,9 m) on center down the slope. To use the HIP Sprinkler, the framing must be perpendicular to the outside wall (refer to Figure 12) and the maximum throw cannot exceed 28 ft (8,5 m) measured horizontally. The HIP, unlike the BB Model and SD Model, is installed with the deflector parallel with the slope. There is only one model with flows and pressures for two different spacings. TFP610 Page 4 of 28 AP Sprinkler (Attic Plus) The AP Specific Application Attic Sprin- kler are to be installed in the upright orientation with their deflector parallel to the roof. The Model AP Sprinklers, as seen in Figure F, are intended to be used to provide protection of attic areas outside the scope of applica- tions for the BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers. The AP Sprinklers must only be used in conjunction with other Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinklers (BB, SD, and HIP), or as permitted in other sections of this document. The AP Sprinklers will provide a hydraulic advantage over Standard Spray Sprinklers for the pro- tection of attic areas outside the scope of application for the BB Model, SD Model, or HIP Model Sprinklers. 14•)1@.j The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers for Protecting Attics described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of NFPA, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- mance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Nun1ber (SIN} TY4180* TY4181 * TY4182* TY3180* TY3181* TY3182* TY2180 TY2181 TY2182 TY3183* TY3184* TY3185* TY3187* TY3190 TY2190 881 882 883 881 882 883 881 882 883 SD1 SD2 SD3 HIP APK=5.6 APK=4.2 K=8.0 K=8.0 K=8.0 K=5.6 K=5.6 K=5.6 K=4.2 K=4.2 K=4.2 K=5.6 K=5.6 K=5.6 K=5.6 * The "TY" prefix is a re-designation of the previous "C" prefix. For example, TY4180 is a re-designation for C4180. Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed These Approvals only apply to the service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria section on Page 6 and the Design Guidelines section on Page 8. Pipe Thread Connection 1/2 inch NPT for K=4.2 and 5.6 3/4 inch NPT for K=8.0 Discharge Coefficient K = 4.2 GPM/psi½ (60,5 LPM/bar½) K = 5.6 GPM/psi½ (80,6 LPM/bar½) K = 8.0 GPM/psi½ (115,5 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating Intermediate Temperature as follows: -200°F (93°C) for BB (K4.2 and K8.0), HIP, AP -212°F (100°C) for BB (K5.6), SD Finish Natural Brass Physical Characteristics (Figures A, C and E) Frame ............................ Bronze Button ..................... Bronze/Copper Sealing Assembly .. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb ..................... Glass (3 mm dia.) Link ............................. MONEL Compression Screw .................. Brass Deflector .................... Brass/Bronze Physical Characteristics (Figures B and D) Body .............................. Brass Cap .............................. Bronze Sealing Assembly .. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Saddle ............................. Brass Link Assembly ...................... Nickel Compression Screw .................. Brass Deflector .................... Brass/Bronze Lever ..................... Bronze Deflector Frame ............................ Bronze Diffuser ............................ Brass Rivet .............................. Brass Physical Characteristics (Figure F) Frame ............................. Brass Button ............................ Bronze Sealing Assembly .. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb ..................... Glass (3 mm dia.) Compression Screw .................. Brass Deflector .......................... Bronze Operation BB (K=8.0 and 4.2), HIP (K=S.6) and AP (5.6 and 4.2) The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. BB (K=S.6) and SD (K=S.6) The fusible link assembly is comprised of two link halves which are joined by a thin layer of solder. When the rated temperature is reached, the solder melts and the two link halves separate, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. ..., Installation The TYCO Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics must be installed in accordance with this section. 18-Ji@I Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1 /16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 155°F (68°C) and 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 200°F (93°C) tem- perature ratings. A leak-tight 112 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a min- imum-to-maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N-m). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. To install the Specific Application Attic Sprinklers, complete the following: Step 1. Sprinklers must be oriented correctly as follows: • Model BB Sprinklers are to be installed in the upright vertical posi- tion with the flow arrows on the deflector pointing down the two opposing slopes. • Model SD Sprinklers are to be installed in the upright vertical posi- tion with the flow direction arrow on the deflector pointing down the slope. • The Model HIP Sprinklers are to be installed with the deflector at the top, the sprinkler centerline perpendicular to the ridge of the hip roof, and the flow direction arrows on the deflec- tor pointing down the two oppos- ing slopes. Unlike the Model BB and Model SD, the Model HIP is installed angled so that its deflector is paral- lel with the slope of the hip ridge line. • The Model AP Sprinklers are to be installed in the upright position with the deflector parallel to the roof slope. There are no flow arrows on the deflector to consider; however, a good piping practice is to position all the Model AP Sprinklers so that their frame arms are in the same direction. FIGUREG DO NOT GRASP DEFLECTOR ~w;&~~~ ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH '-."' JAW FLANGES ~ WRENCH USE END ~ JAW FLANGE MARKED --~~~ "A"ONLY ~ FIGUREH W-TYPE 3 SPRINKLER WRENCH FOR USE WITH BB (K=B.0) SPRINKLERS' WRENC~ FLATS ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH JAW FLANGES ~ WRENCH USE END ~ JAW FLANGE MARKED --t~✓ "A"ONLY ~ FIGUREJ W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH For Use with BB (K=4.2) Sprinklers Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Note: With reference to Figure G, do not grasp the sprinkler by the deflector. Step 3. Wrench-tighten the sprin- kler using only the wrenches shown in Figures H through M. Wrenches are only to be applied to the sprin- kler wrench flats or wrench hex, as applicable. TFP610 Page 5 of 28 ~;&~~H ~ ~ :NGAG?rl SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH "''-."' JAW FLANGES ~ WRENCH USE END ~ JAW FLANGE MARKED ---~ / "A"ONLY ~~ FIGUREK W-TYPE20 SPRINKLER WRENCH For Use with HIP (K=5.6) Sprinklers WRENCH~ HEX ~ APPLY )/- WRENCH TO WRENCH HEX ONLY ADJUST WRENCH JAW TO FIT WRENCH ef HEX FIGURE L ADJUSTABLE WRENCH For Use with BB (K=5.6) and SD (K=5.6) Sprinklers . Mw~~~HT TI ENGAGE!r7 SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF ... WITH WRENCH '-. "'-. JAW FLANGES ~ WRENCH USE END ~ JAW FLANGE MARKED ---~ ✓ "A"ONLY ~~ FIGURE M W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH For Use with AP (K=4.2 and 5.6) Sprinklers TFP610 Page 6 of 28 Design Criteria Area of Use The TYCO Specific Application Attic Sprinklers are designed for use in roof structures and combustible and non-combustible sloped attic spaces, including wood joist/rafters and wood trussed attics with a ceiling below. System Type for BB, SD, HIP, or AP Sprinklers Wet using CPVC pipe Wet or dry using steel pipe Note: Use of the 4.2 K sprinklers in dry pipe systems is permitted by NFPA 13 where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. Hazard Light Hazard. BB, SD, or HIP Allowable Roof Span (Coverage) and Roof Pitch Refer to Table A for allowable roof spans and roof pitches, and for the associated minimum sprinkler flows and pressures. Figures 1, 2, 11 and 12 illustrate where the roof span is to be measured. Coverage Beyond BB, SD or HIP Allowable Roof Spans Up to 10 ft (3,1 m) of coverage at the eave(s) beyond the allowable roof spans for BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers may be obtained by using a single row of AP Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 14A, 148, and 15. BB, SD, HIP, or AP Minimum Distance Between Sprinklers 4 ft (1,2 m) as measured along the branchline for BB and SD. For more information, refer to Figure 3. 3 ft (0,9 m) as measured along the branchline for HIP. For more informa- tion, refer to Figure 12. 7 ft (2,1 m) between AP Sprinklers. BB, SD, HIP, or AP Maximum Distance Between Sprinklers 6 ft (1,8 m) on center along the branch- line for BB, SD, and HIP. For more infor- mation, refer to Figure 3 and 12. For AP, the maximum spacing is 10 ft (3,1 m) perpendicular to slope and 12 ft (3,6 m) parallel to slope. When there is more than one row of AP Sprin- klers, the sprinklers must be staggered as seen in Figure 20-8-3. BB, SD, HIP, or AP Minimum Distance to AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers As measured along the peak/ridge direction, 6 ft (1 ,8 m) from BB, SD, and HIP to Standard Spray Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 4. As measured along the peak/ridge direction, 7 ft (2,1 m) from AP to Stan- dard Spray Sprinklers. For more infor- mation, refer to Figure 4. In the slope direction, 26 ft (7,9 m) from BB or HIP Sprinklers to AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 6. BB, SD, or HIP Deflector Installation Position Below Peak/Ridge or Deck For roof pitches of 4:12 (33%) to 12:12 (100%), 22 in. (558,8 mm) maximum and 16 in. (406,4 mm) minimum. For more information, refer to Figure 2 and 5. For roof pitches of 3:12 (25%) up to 4:12 (33%), (only 4.2K Model BB), 12 in. (304,8 mm) maximum below the peak and a minimum of 1 in. (25,4 mm) below the bottom of the top chord or solid wood rafter. AP Deflector Position and Roof Pitch 1 to 3 in. (25,4 to 75,6 mm) below the bottom of the top chord or bottom of solid wood rafter, where the roof pitch is 3:12 to 12:12 and the top chord or solid wood rafter is a nominal 12 in. (600 mm) or less. BB or SD Deflector Installation Position Above Scissor Truss 18 in. (457,2 mm) minimum. For more information, refer to Figure 5. BB, SD, or HIP Minimum Distance Away from Trusses Attic Sprinklers must be installed 6 in. (152,4 mm) away from the face of trusses. For more information, refer to Figure 7. SD Distance from Shear Wall or Draft Curtain 4 to 6 in. (101,6 to 152,4 mm) from face, and a minimum of 8 in. (203,2 mm) above the bottom of the draft curtain. For more information, refer to Figure 2. Draft Curtains Draft curtains installed to permit the installation of Attic Sprinklers shall be constructed so as to not allow heat to escape through or above the draft curtain. The draft curtain may be con- structed of 1/2 in (12,7 mm) plywood. BB or HIP Maximum Distance from the Center Line of the Ridge 6 in. (152,4 mm) with the deflector located 16 to 22 in. (406,4 mm to 558,8 mm) from the peak. For more informa- tion, refer to Figure 8. Use of UL Listed BLAZEMASTER CPVC Piping with Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics (Wet Systems Only) BLAZEMASTER CPVC piping may be used in a combustible concealed attic space requiring sprinklers when installed in accordance with the follow- ing guidelines: Note: Where the use of non-com- bustible insulation is specified, verify with the insulation manufacturer as to the non-combustibility of the insula- tion. The non-combustible insulation (fiberglass) may be faced or unfaced. Where faced, the facing need not be non-combustible. The insulation is to have a flame spread index of not more than 25. Verify chemical compatibility of the insulation with BLAZEMASTER CPVC by consulting www.lubrizol.com. • BLAZEMASTER CPVC may be used to feed the wet system ceiling sprin- klers on the floor below. There must be 6 in. (152,4 mm) of non-combus- tible insulation covering the horizon- tal or vertical pipe extending 12 in. (304,8 mm) on each side away from the centerline of the pipe. Refer to Figures 9A, 98, and 9C. The area above the pipe must be protected by BB, SD, HIP, or AP Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 9A. If the pipe is located inside the ceil- ing joist, the joist channel must be covered or filled with 6 in. (152,4 mm) of non-combustible insulation on top of the pipe and the area above must be protected by BB, SD, HIP, or AP Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 98. Insulation is for fire protection purposes. It is not freeze protection. BLAZEMASTER CPVC must be installed in accordance with the BLAZEMASTER installation guide instructions. • With reference to Figure 19, BLAZE- MASTER CPVC may be used exposed to feed wet system BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers where: • Risers are vertical and protected by BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers locat- ed at a maximum lateral distance of 12 in. (304,8 mm) from the riser centerline. • BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers are di- rectly mounted on the branchline. • BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers are on arm-overs and located at a max- imum lateral distance of 6 in. (152,4 mm) from the branchline centerline. • BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers are on vertical sprigs attached to the branchline. ALLOWABLE ROOF SPAN, MINIMUM MINIMUM PITCH, MODEL K SIN FLOW, PRESSURE, (a) (b) (e) GPM (LPM) psi (bar) Rise Over Run (%) Feet (m) B81 8.0 TY4180 $60 (18,3) 38 (144) 22.6 (1,5) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) B82 8.0 TY4181 $60 (18,3) 38 (144) 22.6 (1,5) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) B83 8.0 TY4182 $60 (18,3) 40 (152) 25.0 (1,7) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) B81 5.6 TY3180 >40 (12,2) to $60 (18,3) 38 (144) 46.0 (3,2) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) B82 5.6 TY3181 >40 (12,2) to 60 (18,3) 38 (144) 46.0 (3,2) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) B83 5.6 TY3182 >40 (12,2) to 60 (18,3) 38 (144) 46.0 (3,2) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) B81 5.6 TY3180 $40 (12,2) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) B82 5.6 TY3181 $40 (12,2) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) B83 5.6 TY3182 $40 (12,2) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) B81 4.2 TY2180 $20 (6,1) 13 (49) 9.6 (0,7) 3:12 (25) to less than 7:12 (58) B82 4.2 TY2181 $20 (6,1) 13 (49) 9.6 (0,7) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) B83 4.2 TY2182 $20 (6,1) 13 (49) 9.6 (0,7) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) SD1 5.6 TY3183 >30 (9,1) to $40 (12,2) 35 (132) 39.0 (2,7) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) SD2 5.6 TY3184 >30 (9,1) to $40 (12,2) 35 (132) 39.0 (2,7) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) SD3 5.6 TY3185 >30 (9,1) to $40 (12,2) 35 (132) 39.0 (2,7) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) SD1 5.6 TY3183 >10 (3,0) to $30 (9,1) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) SD2 5.6 TY3184 >10 (3,0) to $30 (9,1) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) SD3 5.6 TY3185 >10 (3,0) to $30 (9,1) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) SD1 5.6 TY3183 $10 (3,0) 19 (72) 11.5 (0,8) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) SD2 5.6 TY3184 $10 (3,0) 19 (72) 11.5 (0,8) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) SD3 5.6 TY3185 $10 (3,0) 19 (72) 11.5 (0,8) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) HIP 5.6 TY3187 >20 (6,1) to $28 (8,5) 34 (129) 36.9 (2,5) 4:12 (33) to 12:12 (100) HIP 5.6 TY3187 $20 (6,1) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 4:12 (33) to 12:12 (100) AP 5.6 TY3190 10 (3,1) X 12 (3,6) Minimum 7 psi (0,48 bar) 3:12 (25) to 12:12 (100) -See note (e) Minimum 0.10 gpm/ft2 AP 4.2 TY2190 (4,1 mm/min.) Design Density 3:12 (25) to 12:12 (100) NOTES a. The BB and SD roof span is measured horizontally (not along the slope) as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2. b. The HIP roof span is measured horizontally as shown in Figure 2. C. Refer to NFPA 13. d. Maximum water delivery time for all system sizes. e. The AP roof span is measured along the slope. Maximum 10 ft (3, m) perpendicular to slope by maximum 12 ft (3,6 m) parallel to slope. TABLE A ALLOWABLE ROOF SPAN, FLOW, PRESSURE, AND PITCH FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION SPRINKLERS FOR PROTECTING ATTICS TFP610 Page 7 of 28 DRY PIPE SYSTEM MAXIMUM WATER DELIVERY TIME, Seconds (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) 45 (d) 45 (d) 45 (d) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) 60(d) 60 (d) TFP610 Page 8 of 28 • BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers are on arm-over or angled sprigs, and lo- cated at a maximum lateral dis- tance of 6 in. (152,4 mm) from the branchline centerline. • A minimum lateral distance of 18 in. (450 mm) is maintained be- tween the CPVC pipe and a heat producing device such as heat pumps, fan motors, and heat lamps. • BLAZEMASTER CPVC may be used exposed to provide wet system, ver- tical or angled, sprigs to AP Sprin- klers (refer to Figures 17A and 178) where: • The exposed portion of an angled sprig is a maximum length of 3 ft (0,9 m), the sprig is supported ad- jacent to the AP Sprinkler, and ver- tical restraint is provided using the CPVC hanger support for horizon- tal pipe runs. • Vertical sprigs have a maximum exposed length of 10 ft (3,05 m), the AP Sprinkler is located at a maximum lateral distance of 12 in. (3304,8 mm) from the sprig center- line, and the sprig is supported at the swing joint to the AP Sprinkler. • A minimum 6 in. (152,4 mm) deep of non-combustible insulation ex- tending 12 in. (304,8 mm) on each side away from the centerline of the CPVC branchline feeding the AP sprigs (refer to Figure 17A). If the CPVC branchline is located in- side the ceiling joist, the joist chan- nel must be covered or filled with a minimum of 6 in. (152,4 mm) deep of noncombustible insulation on top of the branchline feeding the AP sprigs (refer to Figure 178). In- sulation is for fire protection pur- poses. It is not freeze protection. Additional depth of non-combusti- ble insulation may be added to re- duce the exposed length of the AP sprigs. • A minimum lateral distance of 18 in. (450 mm) is maintained be- tween the CPVC pipe and a heat producing device such as heat pumps, fan motors, and heat lamps. Mismatched Slopes Refer to Figure 10. Obstructions For 88, SD, and HIP, refer to Figure 16. For AP Sprinklers, refer to Figure 18. 88, SD, HIP, and AP Sprinklers may be installed directly on maximum 2-1/2 inch NPS (DN65) branch lines without the need for sprigs. See NFPA 13 for requirements when installed on pipe greater than 2-1/2 inch NPS (DN65). Hydraulic Requirements Refer to Figure 20. Determine the Correct Flow and Pressure For 88, SD, or HIP Sprinklers, deter- mine the roof span (measured horizon- tally) and the slope of the roof, and then refer to Table A. There is no interpola- tion of the flow and pressure shown. Round all cases to the next higher spacing. For example, a 45 ft (13,7 m) span with the 881 (K=8.0) would be calculated at the 60 feet (18,3 m) span. For the AP Sprinklers, the minimum design pressure is 7 psi, and the minimum design density is 0.10 gpm/ft2 (4,1 mm/min). The NFPA 13, 20 psi (1,4 bar) minimum operating pressure for Standard Spray Sprinkler spacings parallel to the ridge that are above 8 ft (2,4 m) does not apply to the AP. Coverage Area • Coverage area for the 88 Sprinklers is determined by twice the distance of the furthest throw measured along the slope multiplied by the distance along the branchline. The maximum distance along branchline is 6 ft (1 ,8 m) regardless of the length of the throw. Note: The distance along the branch- line may have to be reduced to less than the maximum of 6 ft (1, 8 m) to remain under 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) maximum depending on the slope and the span. In no case can the span exceed 60 ft (18,3 m) without additional Standard Spray Sprinklers. • Coverage area for the SD (Single Directional) Sprinklers is the distance along the branchline multiplied by the distance of the throw down the slope. Regardless of the throw, the maximum distance along the branch- 1 ine is 6 ft (1,8 m), the maximum throw measured horizontally is 40 ft (12,2 m), and the maximum coverage per sprinkler is 400 ft2 (37,2 m2). • Coverage area for the HIP Sprinklers is the distance down the larger slope multiplied by two, and multiplied by the distance between the sprinklers as measured along the slope of the hip. • Coverage area for the AP (Attic Plus) Sprinklers is the distance along the branchline multiplied by the distance between the branchlines. The max- imum spacing is 10 ft (3 ,1 m) per- pendicular to the slope and 12 ft (3,6 m) parallel to slope, and as mea- sured on the slope. When there is more than one row of AP Sprinklers, the sprinklers must be staggered per Figure 20-8-3. The maximum spac- ing per sprinkler is 120 ft2 (11 ,1 m2). Design Guidelines To design a project with the TYCO Spe- cific Application Attic Sprinklers, use these steps as a guideline: • Determine if single, dual directional or hip sprinkler is needed. • Determine the roof slope is between 3:12 to 12:12. If more than one slope is being used on a project, select the correct sprinkler for each area. • Follow the guidelines for each type of sprinkler. • Calculate the sprinkler system in accordance with the appropriate flow and pressure information provided in Table A, as well as Figure 20. There is no interpolation of the flows and pressures shown on the chart. For BB Sprinklers (Back to Back Dual Directional) • Verify the framing direction is per- pendicular to the outside wall (refer to Figure 12). If not, cover that area with AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers (refer Figure 13). • Determine the throw needed. For more information, see the spac- ing requirements in Table A. If over 20 ft (6,1 m) and up to 60 ft (18,3 m) is required, use the 8.0 K-factor, BB Sprinklers to reduce the pressure required. If pressure is not a concern, use the 5.6 K-factor, BB Sprinklers to minimize over discharge. • If less than 20 ft (6,1 m) is required, use the 4.2 K-factor, Back to Back Dual Directional to minimize pressure and flow requirements. • Determine the distance along the slope. If the distance is not equal, use the longer side. Multiply the lon- ger side by two to determine the spacing down the slope. Four hun- dred divided by this value will deter- mine the maximum spacing along the ridge. The maximum distance is 6 ft .(1 ,8 m). For example, a 12:12 slope at the maximum span of 60 ft (18,3 m) will produce a slope length of approximately 42.5 ft (13,0 m). That number multiplied by two pro- duces an 85 ft (25 ,9 m) throw. A 400 ft2 maximum divided by an 85 ft (25,9 m) throw only allows a 4 ft 8 in. (1,4 m) spacing along the ridge. Using the maximum spacing, space the sprinklers along the ridge. • Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16. If necessary, add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. For SD Sprinklers (Single Directional) • Determine the throw needed. • As the 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) is not a factor with the SD Sprinklers, the maximum spacing is 6 ft (1 ,8 m) and the mini- mum is 4 ft (1,2 m). For more infor- mation, refer to Figures 2 and 11. The reason 400 ft2 is not an issue with the single directional is because, at its maximum spacing, 6 ft (1,8 m) on center I covering 40 ft (12,2 m) flat I a 12:12 slope / and the throw being 56.5 ft (17,2 m), the 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) maximum would not be exceeded. • Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16. If necessary, add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. For HIP Sprinklers • Verify framing direction is perpendic- ular to outside wall (refer to Figure 12). If not, cover that area with AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers (refer to Figure 13). • From the intersection of the top of the hip and the ridge, the maximum distance down the slope of the hip is 3 ft (0,9 m). Start the layout with the first sprinkler as close to that point as possible, but no further, while staying 6 in. (152,4 mm) away from the face of the trusses. Remember the slope of the hip is not equal to the slope of the roof from the ridge to the out- side wall. Continue to space sprin- klers down the hip at a maximum of 6 ft (1 ,8 m) on center as measured along the slope of the hip. When the bottom of the hip is encountered, the last sprinkler must be within 7-1 /2 ft (2,3 m) of the outside wall as mea- sured flat (plan view). If this pipe is "cut to fit", remember to account for the different slopes of the hip and the roof, as well as distances measured along the slope verses horizontal in plan view must be accounted for. • Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16. If necessary, add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics must be maintained and serviced in accor- dance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protec- tion system from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NFPA, such as NFPA 25. In addition to the standards of any other authori- ties having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or product manu- facturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national code. Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or otherwise altered after leaving the factory. Modi- fied sprinklers must be replaced. Over-heated solder type sprinklers must be replaced. Bulb-type sprin- klers that have been exposed to cor- rosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. For more informa- tion, refer to the Installation Section. Litnited Warranty TFP610 Page 9 of 28 For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Model (specify), K-factor (specify), SIN (specify), Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinkler, P/N (specify): B81 (K=8.0), TY4180 ...................... 51-623-1-200 B82 (K=B.0), TY4181 ...................... 51-621-1-200 B83 (K=B.0), TY4182 ...................... 51-622-1-200 B81 (K=5.6), TY3180 ...................... 50-601-1-212 B82 (K=5.6), TY3181 ...................... 50-602-1-212 B83 (K=5.6), TY3182 ...................... 50-603-1-212 B81 (K=4.2), TY2180 ...................... 50-620-1-200 B82 (K=4.2), TY2181 ...................... 50-621-1-200 B83 (K=4.2), TY2182 ...................... 50-622-1-200 SD1 (K=5.6), TY3183 ...................... 50-611-1-212 SD2 (K=5.6), TY3184 ...................... 50-612-1-212 SD3 (K=5.6), TY31 85 ...................... 50-613-1-212 HIP (K=5.6), TY3187 ...................... 51-620-1-200 AP (K=5.6), TY3190 ...................... 50-625-1-200 AP (K=4.2), TY2190 ...................... 50-624-1-200 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-895-1-001 Specify: W-Type 20 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-1-106 Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 TFP610 Page 10 of 28 i---------ROOF SPAN (COVERAGE) SEE FIG. 11 BACK TOBACK SPRINKLER FIGURE 1 6'-0" (1 ,83 m) MAXIMUM 4'-0" (1,22 m) MINIMUM -rr-II II 11 II II II II II II II II II II II II 88 or SD ATTIC II y I I SPRINKLERS I I II II II II II II II TRUSS --J 1 II II II II \ II II II II BRANCH II II LINE II II 11 II II II II II II II II FIGURE 3 88, SD or HIP ATTIC SPRINKLER SCISSOR TRUSS \if RIDGE fi1 II 11 II 11 II II CEILING II II L II II 22" (558,8 mm) MAX. 16" (406,4 mm) MIN. -or- FOR A ROOF PITCH LESS THAN 4:12 (33%), 12" (304,8 mm) MAXIMUM BELOW PEAK AND 1" (25,4 mm) MINIMUM BELOW BOTTOM OF TOP CHORD OR RAFTER STANDARD TRUSS 18" MIN. y (457,2mm) FIGURE S 6" (152,4 mm) I MINIMUM II \ 11 II 88, SD or HIP 11 · II II I I SPRINKLER I I II RIDGE II II II II II II 11 II II II II BRANCH II II II II II II II II II II LINE II II II II II II II II TRUSS --J 1 II II CEILING 11 II II II II L II II II II II II II II II II 11 FIGURE 7 6" (152,4 mm) MAX. 4" (101,6 mm) MIN. FROM WALL // ~ 22" (558,8 mm) MAX. 16" (406,4 mm) MIN. BOTTOM OF SHEATHING // FULL WALL TO DECK DECK FIGURE2 ROOF SPAN (COVERAGE) 7'-0" (2,1 m) MIN. FOR AP SPRINKLERS 6'-0" (1,8 m) MINIMUM FOR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS -rr- 11 AP or STANDARD I I ATTIC I I \if II ii II II Ii II II II II II II SP~; SPRINKLER : : SPRINKLER 11 RIDGE II II II II II BRANCH II II II I I LINE II II TRUss-;: II II 11 II II II FIGURE4 FIGURE6 6" (152,4 mm) MAXIMUM II II II II II II CEILING II L II II 88 or HIP ATTIC :--.._ SPRINKLER 22" (558,8 mm) M 16" (406,4 mm) Ml II II II II II II II II I I BOTTO FIGURES CEILING 7=A· JOIST / l CPVC PIPE CEILING & FITTINGS SPRINKLER NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE, NOT FREEZE PROTECTION FIGURE9A NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION ATTIC FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE, SPRINKLER NOT FREEZE PROTECTION PROTECTED OPTION A /, OPTION B SPACE ~TI~ CPVC PIPE CEILING 6" MIN. (152,4 mm) & FITTINGS SPRINKLER FIGURE9B NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE, NOT FREEZE PROTECTION CEILING ATTIC SPRINKLER PROTECTED SPACE VERTICAL RISE ~-dlN CEILING ELEVATION CHANGE CEILING FIGURE9C (152,4 mm) JOIST CPVC PIPE & FITTINGS FIGURE9 NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FOR THE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE SINGLE DIRECTIONAL SPRINKLERS AS APPROPRIATE FOR RESPECTIVE SLOPE TFP610 Page 11 of 28 DR~~g~~IAIN ~~ ~ (2g; ~I~~) OR FULL WALL a ' ,~ TO~N \ ni df![)_I \ £ ~h ~ I WHEN ANGLE "A" DOES •~ NOT EQUAL ANGLE "B" FIGURE 10 PERMITTED USE OF ATTIC SPRINKLERS FOR MISMATCHED SLOPES / MAXIMUM AP or STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER COVERAGE ON SLOPE BB, SD or HIP COVE%t~lt / //HORI/ t CEILING JOIST ROOF JOIST OR TOP CHORD AP or STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER COVERAGE ON SLOPE BB, SD or HIP COVERAGE ON HORIZONTAL 2" (50 mm) VENT PERMITTED TOP OF INSULATION J__ NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FIGURE 11 ROOF JOIST OR TOP CHORD COVERAGE STARTING POINT AT EAVE TFP610 Page 12 of 28 FIGURE 12 HIP ROOF INSTALLATION WITH RAFTERS FRAMED PERPENDICULAR TO OUTSIDE WALL (SHOWN WITH HIP SPRINKLERS PROTECTING HIP SLOPE AND ADJACENT AREAS TO HIP SLOPE) FIGURE 13A HIP ROOF INSTALLATION WITH TRUSSES FRAMED PARALLEL TO OUTSIDE WALL (SHOWN WITH STANDARD SPRAY OR AP SPRINKLERS IN HIP SLOPE) WHERE AN AREA (SHOWN NON-SHADED) IS PROTECTED WITH AP SPRINKLERS, CPVC MAY BE USED FOR CEILING PROTECTION BELOW (SEE PAGE 6) FIGURE 13B HIP ROOF INSTALLATION WITH TRUSSES FRAMED PARALLEL TO OUTSIDE WALL (SHOWN WITH STANDARD SPRAY OR AP SPRINKLERS IN HIP SLOPE AND ADJACENT AREAS TO HIP SLOPE) HIP SPRINKLERS PROTECT AREA ON BOTH SIDES OF HIP RIDGE SEE FIG. 11 STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS INSTALLED PER NFPA 13 IN HIP SLOPE AREA WHEN TRUSSES i-------=-1-ARE FRAMED PARALLEL 1 1 1 TO OUTSIDE WALL TRUSSES IN HIP SLOPE AREA -1--11 1 PARALLEL TO OUTSIDE WALL ~ I MAXIMUM 40'-0" (12,2 m) HORIZONTAL ROOF SPAN (COVERAGE) OUTSIDE WALL j SINGLE I DIRECTIONAL STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS INSTALLED PER NFPA 13 IN HIP SLOPE AREA WHEN TRUSSES ARE FRAMED PARALLEL TO OUTSIDE WALL 3'-0" (0,9 m) MAX. ON HIP SLOPE 6'-0" (1 ,8 m) MAX. ROOF SLOPE ♦ PIPE MAY BE USED IN SHADED AREA ONLY FOR CEILING PROTECTION BELOW (SEE PAGE 6) 6'-0" (1 ,8 m) MAX. BACK TO BACK SPRINKLERS Attic Spaces Greater Than 60 ft (18,3m) up to 80 ft (24,4m) Wide, (refer to Figures 14 and 15). TFP610 Page 13 of 28 Only 8.0 K, 88 Sprinklers in conjunction with AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers can be used to protect attics up to 80 ft (24,4 m) wide. NOTES: • Attics over 80 ft (24,4 m) wide must use Standard Spray Sprinklers throughout because Attic Sprinklers have not been tested in this scenario. • For single ridge construction (refer to Figure 14A and 148), use 8.0K, 88 Sprinklers to protect the center portion. AP Sprinklers (refer to Figure 14A) or Standard Spray Sprinklers (refer to Figure 148) are then used to protect up to 10 ft (3,1 m) of width at the eaves beyond the maximum allowable 60 ft (18,3 m) span of the 8.0K, 88 Sprinklers. • For hip roof construction (refer to Figure 15), use 8.0K, 88 Sprinklers in the center portion and HIP Sprinklers can be located down the entire hip. AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers are then used to protect up to 10 ft (3,1 m) of width at the eaves beyond the maximum allowable 60 ft (18,3 m) span of the 8.0K, 88 Sprinklers, and the maximum allowable horizontal coverage of the HIP Sprinklers. SEE FIG. 11 BB SPAN i---~-------(TABLEA) __ ____, AP 10'-0" MAX. (3,05m) AP SPRINKLER COVERAGE SPRINKLERS BB ATTIC SPACED SPRINKLER 7'-0" (1,8 m) TO 10'-0" (3,0 m) ON CENTER FIGURE 14A 10'-0" (3.0m)I HIP RIDGES AP SPRINKLERS AT THE EAVES PERIMETER PROTECTION AREA CPVC PIPE MAY BE USED IN SHADED AREA FOR CEILING PROTECTION BELOW (SEE PAGE 6) HIP SPRINKLERS FIGURE 15 6'-0" MAX. (1,83 m) 4'-0" MIN. (1,22 m) SEE FIG. 11 10'-0" MAX. (3,05m) AP SPRINKLER COVERAGE SD SPAN (TABLE A) FIGURE 14B RIDGE LINE ROOF SLOPE 10'-0" (3,0m) ♦ BB SPAN (TABLE A) 10'-0" (3,0m) 7'-0" to 10'-0" (2,1 m to 3,0 m) ON CENTER FOR AP SPRINKLERS SD ATTIC SPRINKLER AP SPRINKLERS SPACED 7'-0" (1,8 m) TO 10'-0" (3,0 m) ON CENTER TFP610 Page 14 of 28 BB ATTIC 3_112., MIN SPRINKLER (88 9 mm). i 36" MIN. No AIR.SPACE A~ (914,4 mm) ~ 0 6"MAX. FIGURE 16A BB ATTIC ANY SPRINKLER DISTANCE ~ (!;~J:)~A~ A \ ADDITIONAL AP / OR STANDARD SPRAY ~~/~ ~ SPRINKLER REQUIRED / \\ ~ (LOCATE PER FIGURE rt II \\ 14AOR 14B) FIGURE 16B There can be a maximum of a 6 in. (152,4 mm) high Horizontal Obstruction as long as it is 36 in. (914,4 mm), measured vertically, below the Attic Sprinkler. If the obstruction is closer or larger, there must be a sprinkler on the other side of the obstruction. Refer to Figures 16A and 168. This criteria does not limit the top chord of the trusses or the depth of the raf- ter, but does limit the obstructions that run across the trusses or rafters. BB ATTIC SPRINKLER 36" (914,4 mm) NO ADDITIONAL SPRINKLER REQUIRED ~ MINIMUM ~ # FIGURE 16C LESS THAN BB ATTIC ADDIT~~::::0mm) ;zKLER 36~fJ,tt~m) OR STANDARD SP ,~~ SPRINKLER($) REQUIRED (LOCA \ \A PER FIGURE ; /. ~\ " 14T 4B) l~ \-~//~~\\~-~ FIGURE 16D If the Horizontal Obstruction is below the sprinkler, there must be 6 in. (152,4 mm) clearance over the top of the obstruction, and the obstruction must be 4 ft (1,2 m) or less in width to allow water to pass both over and under the obstruction. The clearance is measured perpendicu- lar to and from the bottom of the rafter. If there is not 6 in. must be located on the other side of the obstruc- tion. If the obstruction is greater than 4 ft (1,2 m) in width, a sprinkler must be added below the obstruction. Refer to Figures 16C and 16D, where the maximum spacing for AP Sprinklers is 12 ft (3,7 m) and Standard Spray Sprin- klers is 15 ft (4,6 m). Dimension A Distance B Additional Maximum Minimum Sprinkler Horizontal Horizontal Required Dimension of Distance to Beyond Obstruction Obstruction Obstruction All Vertical Obstructions < 6" (152,4 mm) YES 1/2"-1 " (12,7 mm-25,4 mm) 6" (152,4 mm) NO 1 "-4" (25,4 mm-101,6 mm) 12" (304,8 mm) NO 4"-8" (101,4 mm-203,2 mm) 24" (609,6 mm) NO 8"-10" (203,2 mm-254,0 mm) 5'-0" (1 ,52 m) NO 10"-20" (254,0 mm-508,0 mm) 10'-0" (3,05 m) NO 20"-30" (508,0 mm-762,0 mm) 15'-0" (4,57 m) NO 30"-40" (762,0 mm-1016,0 mm) 20'-0" (6,10 m) NO 40"-48" (1016,0 mm-1219,2 mm) 25'-0" (7,62 m) NO > 48" (1219,2 mm) Any Distance YES DIMENSION A i, PER TABLE DIMENSION B PER TAB ~~-I--\_,,_ ADDITIONAL AP OR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER REQUIRED CATE PER FIG FIGURE 16E For Vertical Obstructions, the maximum dimension of the obstruction is its width and the horizontal distance away from the obstruction is measured horizontally. FIGURE 16 (1 OF 2) OBSTRUCTIONS TO WATER DISTRIBUTION -BB, SD AND HIP FIGURE 16F AREA OUTSIDE OF MECHANICAL SPACE OR SIMILAR COMPARTMENTAL SPACE When a BB Sprinkler is 36 in. (914,4 mm) or greater above the space, and 36 in. (914,4 mm) or greater clearance above the space is present, additional sprinklers are not needed. When a BB Sprinkler is 36 in. (914,4 mm) or greater above the space, and a 12 to 36 in. (304,8 to 914,4 mm) clear- ance above the space is present, Intermediate Level Stan- dard Sprinklers are to be installed to protect the obstructed area. Otherwise, the area beyond the mechanical space is to be protected as shown by installing Standard Spray Sprinklers as necessary or by constructing a shear wall and installing SD Sprinklers. Note: In all cases, the mechanical space or similar compartmented space is to be sprinklered per its respective hazard rating and sep- arated from the light hazard attic space by construction that has a fire resistance rating based on the water supply duration required for the hazard rating within the mechanical space or similar com- partmented space. BB ATTIC SPRINKLER 3i~~· (~~"t.~~) i~ ADDl~~NAL -"-"-'-'----36-"-(9-1~4,4 mm) SPRINKLERS A OR GREATER REQUIRED / " sL': ~NICAL SPRAY SPRINKLER SPACE 4" (101,6 mm) TO 6" (152,4 mm) TYP. 12" (304,8 mm) TO 36" (9~4,4mm) INTERMEDIATE "-, LEVEL STANDARD SPRAY A SPRINKLER / " ,/ ~----..... STANDARD MECHANICAL SPRAY SPRINKLER SPACE BB ATTIC 36" (914,4 mm) OR GREATER BB ATTIC SPRINKLER "" '' "!" "' ' 4" (101,6 mm) TO 6" (152,4 mm) TYP. SPRINKLER ~ STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER LESS THAN 12" (304, m ¥=~===M=E=C=H=A=N=IC=A=L=S=PA=C=E===~=!=======~ PROTECT WITH STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS ADD SHEAR WALL AND PROTECT WITH SINGLE DIRECTIONAL SPRINKLERS FIGURE 16G PIGGYBACK TRUSSES TFP610 Page 15 of 28 When a BB Sprinkler can be installed below or between stiffeners and maintain the 16 to 22 in. (404,4 to 558,8 mm) distance to the peak, as well as the "V" and "H" clearance to the stiffeners, additional sprinklers are not required. When the stiffeners are located a minimum of 12 in. (304,8 mm) below the BB Sprinkler, the stiffeners are 7-1/2 in. (190,5 mm) maximum in width, the openings are 12 in. (304,8 mm) minimum, and there is 70% minimum open area, additional sprinklers are not required. Otherwise, additional sprinklers are required as shown. "V" if~ I • • I "H" H V BB1 BB2 BB3 0" 0" 0" 0" V> 0" V + 15" V + 10" V+8" STIFFENERS 22" (558,8 mm) MAX. 16" (406,4 mm) MIN. -'---~-~'-,,.d:J.-;;:J_=_=_r:t:._"a:._=_;;;J.:~~~~!'-...... TOP OF DEFLECTOR BB ATTIC SPRINKLER BB ATTIC ~ 70% MINIMUM SPRINKLER (/ "'-...... "'-...... OPEN AREA 3-1/2" MIN. 1/ ~ 12" MIN. STIFFENERS ff~ ~i (88,9 mm) (304,8 mm) AIR SPACE ); -'-;,_63 _::r::=_=~::::m:ic:::::==~-~==-=-=_= _:ca-~~ £ ~R" MAX~: =i===12=" M=l=N_=======::::i (190,5 mm) (304,8 mm) SINGLE DIRECTIONAL SPRINKLER INSTALL DRAFT CURTAIN OR FULL WALL SINGLE DIRECTIONAL SPRINKLER FIGURE 16 (2 OF 2) OBSTRUCTIONS TO WATER DISTRIBUTION -BB, SD, AND HIP (Obstructions to Water Distribution for Attic Sprinklers Differ from Standard Sprinklers as Shown) TFP610 Page 16 of 28 FIGURE 17A EXPOSED CPVC WITH AP SPRINKLERS AND BRANCHLINE OVER JOISTS FIGURE 17B EXPOSED CPVC WITH AP SPRINKLERS AND BRANCHLINE WITHIN JOISTS FIGURE 18 OBSTRUCTIONS TO WATER DISTRIBUTION FOR MODEL AP SPRINKLERS ::::-;,-0" MAX. ------AP --(0,9tm) L PR:;LER ~ ,. SPRIG ~J~ 12" MIN.~ 12" MIN. ~304,8 mm) ~ (304,8 mmr NON-COMBUSTIBLE \ INSULATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC CEILING PIPE, NOT FREEZE PROTECTION OPTION A ~-------:;--- --(0,9 m) SPRINKLER AP NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE, NOT FREEZE CEILING PROTECTION OPTION A ~r PR~LER f AP 10'-0" MAX. SPRIG ~J~ 12" MIN.~ 12" MIN. ~304,8 mm) /. (304,8 mmr l~~~c;~~~~~~li~E \ PROTECTION OF CPVC CEILING PIPE, NOT FREEZE PROTECTION OPTION B ~------;;----·~~s copcR~IN~K1L t:E1R 10'-0" MAX. AP (3,0 m) SPRIG EWJIJOIST 6" MIN. NON-COMBUSTIBLE (152,4 mm) INSULATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE, NOT FREEZE CEILING PROTECTION OPTION B OBSTRUCTION OBSTRUCTION AP ¾-.,A AP ¾-. SPTER t j D ~ SPRINKLER r--j A ~ 3C or 3D T I I A s 24" (609,6 mm) --J D 1--A (Use dimension C or D, whichever is greater) ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEW Horizontal Minimum Vertical Distance Distance Below Deflector (A) (8) s6' 3' (s152,4 mm) (76,2 mm) >6' to 9' 4' B t ~ AP SPRINKLER (> 152,4 mm to 228,6 mm) (101,6 mm) >9' to 12• 6' (>228,6 mm to 304,8 mm) (88,9mm) >12' to 15' 8' (>304,8 mm to 381 ,0 mm) (203,2 mm) >15" to 18" 9-1/2' OBSTRUCTION (>381 ,0 mm to 457,2 mm) (241,3 mm) >18" to 24" 12-1/2' (>457,2 mm to 609,6 mm) (317,5 mm) >24" to 30" 15-1/2' (>609,6 mm to 762,0 mm) (393,7 mm) >30" 18' (>762,0 mm) (457,2 mm) HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS A= 6" (150 mm) MAX. B = 12" (300 mm) MAX. FIGURE 19 TFP610 Page 17 of 28 Attic sprinklers must be calculated in conformance with these guidelines. In all cases, the design area shall include the most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. More than one set of calculations may be required to prove different situations. For individual areas requiring more than four AP Sprinklers, the maximum area of attic protected by AP Sprinklers is limited to 3000 ft2 (279 m2) in any single area. Areas must be separated by a minimum of 15 ft (4,6 m) by an area protected by BB, SD,or HIP Sprinklers, in order to be considered separate areas. The hydraulic calculations have been divided into three parts as follows: • FIGURE 20-A: "Attics Protected Entirely By BB, SD, and HIP Attic Sprinklers". 20-A-1 (Page 18) BB Sprinklers 20-A-2 (Page 18) BB and HIP Sprinklers 20-A-3 (Page 19) BB and SD Sprinklers 20-A-4 (Page 19) SD Sprinklers 20-A-5 (Page 19) SD and HIP Sprinklers 20-A-6 (Page 19) HIP Sprinklers • FIGURE 20-B: "Attics Protected With A Mixture Of BB. SD, and HIP Attic Sprinklers And AP Sprinklers". 20-B-1 (Page 20) SD Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers At The Ridge 20-B-2 (Page 20) BB Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers At The Eaves or Beyond An Obstruction 20-B-3 (Page 21) BB Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers At The Hip 20-B-4 (Page 21) BB Sprinklers, SD Sprinklers, HIP Sprinklers, and AP Sprinklers At The Hip 20-B-5 (Page 22) BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers in a Dormer, at a Cross, or at an Ell 20-B-6 (Page 22) BB,SD, or HIP Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers Separated By Compartmentalization 1 • FIG~RE 20-C: "Attics Protected With A Mixture Of BB. SD, and HIP Attic Sprinklers And Standard Spray Sprinklers". 20-C-1 (Page 23) SD Sprinklers and Standard Spray Sprinklers At The Ridge 20-C-2 (Page 23) BB Sprinklers and Standard Spray Sprinklers At The Eaves or Beyond An Obstruction 20-C-3 (Page 24) BB Sprinklers and Standard Spray Sprinklers At The Hip 20-C-4 (Page 25) BB Sprinklers, SD Sprinklers, HIP Sprinklers, and Standard Spray Sprinklers At The Hip 20-C-5 (Page 26) BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers and Standard Spray Sprinklers in a Dormer, at a Cross, or at an Ell 20-C-6 (Page 26) BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers and Standard Sprinklers Separated By Compartmentalization I MODELBB BACK TO BACK I MODEL SD SINGLE DIRECTIONAL -MODELHIP FIGURE20 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS MODEL AP • OR STANDARD SPRAY TFP610 Page 18 of 28 FIGURE 20-A-1. BB SPRINKLERS • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. FIGURE 20-A-2. BB AND HIP SPRINKLERS • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding contiguous nine sprinklers with a maximum of seven to be BB Sprin- klers. See the adjacent figures. Use the most demanding calculation. DRY SYSTEM SHOWN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN FIGURE 20-A-3. BB AND SD SPRINKLERS • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus two SD Sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus up to two SD Sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. FIGURE 20-A-4. SD SPRIN- KLERS • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five SD Sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine SD Sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. FIGURE 20-A-5. SD AND HIP SPRINKLERS • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine sprinklers with a maximum of seven to be SD Sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. FIGURE 20-A-6. HIP SPRIN- KLERS • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine sprinklers. DRY SYSTEM SHOWN OBSTRUCTION RIDGE I I TFP610 Page 19 of 28 I I I I I I I I I I I DRY SYSTEM SHOWN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN WET SYSTEM SHOWN WALLOR DRAFT CURTAIN AT RIDGE I I I I WALLOR DRAFT CURTAIN AT RIDGE TFP610 Page 20 of 28 FIGURE 20-B-1. SD SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRINKLERS AT THE RIDGE • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers of one type. Use the most demanding calculation. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine SD Sprinklers, and then calculate the most demanding seven AP Sprinklers. Use the most demanding calcula- tion. See the adjacent figure. FIGURE 20-B-2. BB OR SD SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRIN- KLERS AT THE EAVES OR BE- YOND AN OBSTRUCTION • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB or SD Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding AP Sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB or SD Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding AP Sprinklers. See the adjacent figures. I I I I I I I I I I I I I WALLS OR DRAFT CURTAINS DRY SYSTEM SHOWN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN OBSTRUCTION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN • • I I I I DRY SYSTEM SHOWN FIGURE 20-B-3. BB SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRIN- KLERS AT THE HIP Where the total number of AP Sprinklers at the hip is greater than four: • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1500 ft2 (137 m2) having AP Sprin- klers, for example, Area 2 in the adjacent upper figure. Use the most demanding calculation. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1950 ft2 (181 m2) having AP Sprin- klers, for example, Area 2 in the adjacent upper figure. Use the most demanding calculation. FIGURE 20-B-4. BB SPRINKLERS, SD SPRINKLERS, HIP SPRIN- KLERS, AND AP SPRINKLERS AT THE HIP Where the total number of AP Sprinklers at the hip is four or less: • Wet Systems: Calculate the most de- manding five BB, SD, or HIP Sprin- klers plus up to two most demanding AP Sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding AP Sprinklers (Of the nine BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers, calculate up to a maximum of seven BB Sprinklers, see adjacent upper figure). Where the total number of AP Sprinklers at the hip is greater than four: • Wet Systems: Calculate up to the most demanding five BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1500 ft2 (137 m2) having AP Sprinklers, for example, Area 2. Use the most demanding calculation. • Dry Systems: Calculate up to the most demanding nine BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers, plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers, and then calculate the most demanding area up to 1950 ft2 (181 m2) having AP Sprinklers, for example, Area 2. Use the most demanding calculation. AREA2 AREA 1 --j WITH AP ~ WITH BB I SPRINKLERS I SPRINKLERS STAGGERED SPACING WHEN MORETHAN ONEROW WALLOR DRAFT CURTAIN AREA2 WITH AP SPRINKLERS MINIMUM SEPARATION 15'-0" (4,6 m) DRY SYSTEM SHOWN AREA 1 WITH BB&SD SPRINKLERS MINIMUM SEPARATION 15'-0" (4,6 m) TFP610 Page 21 of 28 • AREA3 WITH AP SPRINKLERS TFP610 Page 22 of 28 FIGURE 20-B-5. BB, SD, OR HIP SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRIN- KLERS IN A DORMER, AT A CROSS, AT A HIP, OR AT AN ELL Where the quantity of AP Sprinklers in each dormer, cross, or ell is four or less (see the adjacent figure) and all of the dormers, crosses and ells meet the maximum four AP Sprinkler crite- ria, calculate the BB, SD, or HIP Sprin- kler demand as described in Part A-1 through A-6 or Part B-1 through B-4, plus up to two of the most demanding AP Sprinklers in the dormer, cross, or ell that is adjacent to the BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers that are being included in the demand calculation. Where the quantity of AP Sprinklers in any dormer, cross, or ell is greater than four, refer to Figure B-3. FIGURE 20-B-6. BB,SD, OR HIP SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRIN- KLERS SEPARATED BY COMPARTMENTALIZATION • Wet Systems: Calculate the BB, SD, or HIP Sprinkler demand as described in Part A-1 through A-6 or Part B-1 through B-4. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1500 ft2 (137 m2) having AP Sprin- klers. Use the most demanding calculation. See the adjacent figure. • Dry Systems: Calculate the BB, SD, or HIP Sprinkler demand as described in Part A-1 through A-6 or Part B-1 through B-4. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1950 ft2 (181 m2) having AP Sprin- klers. Use the most demanding calculation. See the adjacent figure. AP SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) AP SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) AP SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) RIDGE AP SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) DORMER BUILT ON TOP OFROOFOR SHEATHING FIGURE 20-C-1. SD SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRIN- KLERS AT THE RIDGE • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers of one type. Use the most demanding calculation. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine SD Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding seven Standard Spray Sprinklers. Use the most demanding calculation. See the adjacent figures. FIGURE 20-C-2. BB SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRIN- KLERS BEYOND AN OBSTRUCTION • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. See the adjacent figures. FIGURE 20-C-3. BB SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRIN- KLERS AT THE HIP Where the total number of standard spray sprinklers at the hip is greater than four: • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding remote design area, including all sprinkler types, as per NFPA 13. That is, area reduction for quick response and 30% increase for sloped ceilings. Use the most demanding calculation. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding Stand Spray Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding design area, including all sprinkler types, as per NFPA 13. That is, 30% increase for sloped ceilings and 30% increase for dry systems. Include all sprinkler types within this area. See the adjacent figure. Use the most demanding calculation. I I I I I I I I I DRY SYSTEM SHOWN I I I I TFP610 Page 23 of 28 I RIDGE I I WALLS OR DRAFT CURTAINS OBSTRUCTION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN FIRST CALCULATION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN SECOND CALCULATION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN NOTE: Dry Pipe = 1500 SQ. FT. (NFPA Light Hazard) x 1.3 x 1.3 = 2535 SQ. FT. TFP610 Page 24 of 28 FIGURE 20-C-4. BB SPRINKLERS, SD SPRINKLERS, HIP SPRIN- KLERS, AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS AT THE HIP Where the total number of Standard Spray Sprinklers at the hip is four or less: • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB, SD, or HIP Sprin- klers plus up to two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine BB, SD, or HIP Sprin- klers plus up to two most demand- ing Standard Spray Sprinklers . Of the nine BB,SD, or HIP Sprinklers, calcu- late up to a maximum of seven BB Sprinklers. See the adjacent upper figure. Where the total number of standard spray sprinklers at the hip is greater than four: • Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB, SD, or HIP Sprin- klers plus up to two most demand- ing Standard Spray Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding remote design area, including all sprinklers types, as per NFPA 13. That is, area reduction for quick response and 30% increase for sloped ceilings. Use the most demanding calculation. • Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine BB, SD, or HIP Sprin- klers plus up to two most demand- ing Standard Spray Sprinklers. Of the nine BB,SD, or HIP Sprinklers, cal- culate up to a maximum of seven BB Sprinklers. See the adjacent upper fig- ure. Then calculate the most demand- ing design area, including all sprinkler types, as per NFPA 13. That is, 30% increase for sloped ceilings and 30% increase for dry systems. Include all sprinkler types within this area. See the adjacent figure. WALLOR DRAFT CURTAIN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN FIRST CALCULATION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN SECOND CALCULATION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN NOTE: Dry Pipe = 1500 SQ. FT. (NFPA Light Hazard) x 1.3 x 1.3 = 2535 SQ. FT. FIGURE 20-C-5. BB, SD, OR HIP SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS IN A DOR- MER, ATA CROSS, ATA HIP, OR AT AN ELL Where the quantity of standard spray sprinklers in each dormer, cross, or ell is four or less (see the adjacent figure) and all of the dormers, crosses and ells meet the maximum four standard sprin- kler criteria, calculate the Attic Sprin- kler demand as described in Part A-1 through A-6 or Part B-1 through B-4, plus up to two of the most demanding standard spray sprinklers in the dormer, cross, or ell that is adjacent to the Attic Sprinklers that are being included in the demand calculation. Where the quantity of standard spray sprinklers in any dormer, cross, or ell is greater than four, refer to Figure C-3. FIGURE 20-C-6. BB, SD, OR HIP SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRINKLERS SEPARATED BY COMPARTMENTALIZATION Calculate the Attic Sprinkler demand as described in Part A-1 through A-6 or Part C-1 through C-4, and then calcu- late the Standard Spray Sprinklers per NFPA 13. Use the most demanding cal- culation. See the adjacent figure. STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS (40RLESS) ~ STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) RIDGE TFP610 Page 25 of 28 STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) DORMER BUILT ON TOP OF ROOF OR SHEATHING TFP610 Page 26 of 28 MODEL AP SPRINKLERS WET PIPE SYSTEM (Refer to Figure 20-B-3) Calculation 1: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus the two most demand- ing AP Sprinklers. Calculation 2: Calculate the most demanding area up to 1500 ft2 having AP Sprinklers. In this case the design area will be 800 ft2 (40 ft X 20 ft) Use the most demanding calculation to prove the adequacy of the water supply. Where AP Sprinklers are utilized, CPVC pipe may be used to supply the AP Sprinklers, as well as the ceiling sprin- klers below the AP Sprinklers. For more information, see Page 6. STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS WET PIPE SYSTEM (Ref. Figure 20-C-3) Calculation 1: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus the two most demand- ing Standard Spray Sprinklers. Calculation 2: Calculate the most demanding remote design area, including all sprinklers types, per NFPA 13 (i.e., area reduction for quick response and 30% increase for sloped ceilings). In this case the theoretical design area is 1463 ft2 (1500 ft2 x 0.75* x 1.3). The actual design area, however, will need to be 1520 ft2 to pick up the entire coverage area of the last BB Sprinkler. Use the most demanding calculation to prove the adequacy of the water supply. Where Standard Sprinklers are utilized, CPVC pipe CANNOT be used to supply the Standard Spray Sprinklers or the ceiling sprinklers below the Standard Spray Sprinklers. * A 25% reduction for 20 ft ceiling. 20' _J • 100' (25,4 mJ (5, 1 m) r--60' (15,2 m) i------100' (25,4 m) -----i r--60' (15,2 m) --------J ,___ ____ 100' (25,4 m) ----------r--60' (15,2 m) --------J I • I ,___ ____ 100' (25,4 m) ----- 60' (15,2 m) FIGURE 21 EXAMPLE FOR A WET PIPE SYSTEM HYDRAULIC DESIGN AREA COMPARISON OF MODEL AP SPRINKLERS VERSES STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS WHERE MODEL AP OR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS ARE USED IN HIP AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF APPLICATION FOR MODEL BB BACK-TO-BACK SPRINKLERS MODEL AP SPRINKLERS DRY PIPE SYSTEM (Ref. Figure 20-B-3) Calculation 1: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Calculation 2: Calculate the most demanding area up to 1950 ft2 having AP Sprinklers. In this case the design area will be 800 ft2 (40 ft X 20 ft) Use the most demanding calculation to prove the adequacy of the water supply. STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS DRY PIPE SYSTEM (Ref. Figure 20-C-3) Calculation 1: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus the two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. Calculation 2: Calculate the most demanding remote design area, including all sprinklers types, as per NFPA 13. That is, 30% increase for sloped ceilings and 30% increase for dry systems. In this case the theoretical design area will be 2535 ft2 (1500 ft2 x 1.3 x 1.3). The actual design area, however, will need to be 2720 ft2 to pick up the entire coverage area of the last BB Sprinkler. Use the most demanding calculation to prove the adequacy of the water supply. -----100' (25,4 m) -----i 60' (15,2 m) ---- ~{ 20' (5,1 m) 100' (25,4 m) , ~ 20' 60' (15,2 m) ~ (5, 1 m) r FIGURE22 EXAMPLE FOR A DRY PIPE SYSTEM HYDRAULIC DESIGN AREA COMPARISON TFP610 Page 27 of 28 OF MODEL AP SPRINKLERS VERSES STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS WHERE MODEL AP OR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS ARE USED IN HIP AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF APPLICATION FOR MODEL BB BACK-TO-BACK SPRINKLERS Alternative Fire Protection Services Phone: (951) 245-7111 *Design, Fabrication, Installation, Service, and Inspections* 28701 Highway 74 Fax: (951) 245-7222 Lake Elsinore, CA 92532 www.alternativefire.com C-16 941639 OAKMONT SENIOR LIVING CARLSBAD MATERIAL SUBMITTAL tqca Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9 K-factor Concealed Pendent Sprinkler Flat Plate, Wet Pipe and Dry Pipe Systems General Description The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Concealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) are dec- orative, fusible solder sprinklers, avail- able in both ordinary 160°F (71°C) and intermediate 212°F (100°C) tempera- ture rated configurations. They are designed for use in residential occu- pancies such as homes, apartments, dormitories, and hotels. The cover plate assembly conceals the sprinkler operating components above the ceiling. The flat profile of the cover plate provides the optimum aes- thetically appealing sprinkler design. In addition, the concealed design of the Series LFII Residential Con- cealed Pendent Sprinklers provides 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) vertical adjustment. This adjustment provides a measure of flexibility when cutting fixed sprin- kler drops. The Series LFII Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers are intended for use in the following scenarios: • Wet and dry pipe residential sprin- kler systems for one and two fam- ily dwellings and mobile homes per NFPA 130 • Wet and dry pipe residential sprin- kler systems for residential occupan- cies up to and including four stories in height per NFPA 13R IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 6 • Wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems for the residential portions of any occupancy per NFPA 13 The Series LFI I Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers have been designed with heat sensitivity and water distri- bution characteristics proven to help in the control of residential fires and to improve the chance for occupants to escape or be evacuated. The Series LFII Residential Con- cealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) are shipped with a Disposable Protec- tive Cap. The Protective Cap is tem- porarily removed for installation, and then it can be replaced to help protect the sprinkler while the ceiling is being installed or finished. The tip of the Pro- tective Cap can also be used to mark the center of the ceiling hole into the plaster board, ceiling tiles, and so on, by gently pushing the ceiling product against the Protective Cap. When the ceiling installation is complete the Pro- tective Cap is removed and the Cover Plate Assembly is installed. Dry Pipe System Application The 160°F (71°C) temperature rated Series LFII Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers offer a laboratory approved option for designing dry pipe residential sprinkler systems, whereas, most residential sprinklers are labora- tory approved for wet systems only. Through extensive testing, it has been determined that the number of design sprinklers (hydraulic design area) for the Series LFII Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers need not be increased over the number of design sprinklers (hydraulic design area) as specified for wet pipe sprinkler systems, as is accustomed for density/ area sprinkler systems designed per NFPA 13. SEPTEMBER 2019 Consequently, the Series LFII Residen- tial Concealed Pendent Sprinklers offer the features of non-water filled pipe in addition to not having to increase the number of design sprinklers (hydraulic design area) for systems designed to NFPA 13, 130, or 13R. 14•Ji@j The Series LF/1 Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) described herein must be installed and main- tained in compliance with this docu- ment and with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN} TY3596 TFP442 TFP442 Page 2 of 6 Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed NYC Approved under MEA 44-03-E-2NSF Certified to all requirements of NSF/ANSI 61 Australian WaterMark Certified The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers are Listed only when installed with LFII Con- cealed Cover Plates having factory-applied finishes. Sprinklers and Cover Plates are separately ordered. See the Ordering Procedure section for more information. Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Discharge Coefficient K=4.9 GPM/psP~ (70,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating Ordinary 160°F (71°C) Sprinkler/ 139°F (59°C) Cover Plate NOTE: Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature for the ordinary temperature configuration is 100°F (38°C) Intermediate* 212°F (100°C) Sprinkler/ 165°F (74°C) Cover Plate •For wet pipe systems only NOTE: Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature for the intermediate temperature configuration is 150°F (65°C) Vertical Adjustment 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) Finishes See the Ordering Procedure section Physical Characteristics Body .............................. Brass Cap .............................. Bronze Saddle ............................. Brass Sealing Assembly .. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Soldered Link Halves ................ Nickel Lever ............................. Bronze Compression Screw .................. Brass Deflector .................. Copper or Brass Guide Pin Housing .................. Bronze Guide Pins ......... Stainless Steel or Bronze Support Cup ....................... Steel Cover Plate ................. Copper/Brass*· Retainer ......................... Copper Cover Plate Ejection Spring .... Stainless Steel •• Brass Cover Plate is offered for Intermediate Tem- perature 165°F (74°C) only. Operation When exposed to heat from a fire, the Cover Plate, which is normally soldered to the Retainer at three points, falls away to expose the sprinkler assembly. At this point the Deflector supported by the Arms drops down to its operated position. The fusible link of the sprin- kler assembly is comprised of two link halves that are soldered together with a thin layer of solder. When the rated temperature is reached, the solder melts and the two link-halves separate BODY (1/2" NPT) CAP SUPPORT CUP WITH ROLL FORMED SEALING ASSEMBLY SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA COMPRESSION SCREW THREADS~----- GUIDE I LEVER PIN GUIDE PIN HOUSING DEFLECTOR I I I I I I I SOLDER LINK ELEMENT 1 DEFLECTOR _.J ----~ r-1 -----(OPERATED [ ,_,--~ ___ _r--,_..-J POSITION) SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY THREAD INTO SUPPORT CUP UNTIL MOUNTING SURFACE IS FLUSH WITH CEILING RETAINER WITH THREAD DIMPLES EJECTION SPRING SOLDER COVER PLATE COVER TAB ASSEMBLY PLATE FIGURE 1 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LF/1 RESIDENTIAL CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER {TY3596) allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFI I Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) are UL and C-UL Listed for installation in accordance with this section. Note: When conditions exist that are outside the scope of the provided cri- teria, refer to the Residential Sprinkler Design Guide TFP490 for the manu- facturer's recommendations that may be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. System Types Per the UL and C-UL Listing, the 160°F (71 °C) and 212°F (100°C) LFII Residential Concealed Pendent Sprin- klers may be utilized in wet pipe systems. Only the 160°F (71°C) LFII Res- idential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers may be utilized in dry pipe systems, per the UL and C-UL Listing. Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP485 about the use of residential sprinklers in residential dry pipe systems. Ceiling Types Smooth flat horizontal, beamed, or sloped in accordance with NFPA 13D, 13R, or 13 as applicable. Hydraulic Design (NFPA 13D and 13R) For systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, the minimum required sprin- kler flow rates are given in Tables A and B as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage areas. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from each of the total number of "design sprinklers" as specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. WET PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure2•3 Maximum Maximum Coverage Spacing Temp. Rating Minimum Area 1 160°F {71°C}, 212°F (100°C) ft X ft ft Deflector to Installation Spacing (mxm) (m) Flow Pressure Ceiling Type ft GPM psi (m) (LPM) (bar) 12 X 12 12 13 7.0 (3,7 X 3,7) (3,7) (49,2) (0,48) Smooth Ceilings 14 X 14 14 13 7.0 7/8 to 1-1/8 in. (4,3 X 4,3) (4,3) (49,2) (0,48) Beamed 16 X 16 16 13 7.0 Ceilings per 8 (4,9 X 4,9) (4,9) (49,2) (0,48) NFPA 13D or Concealed (2,4) 13R, or 13. Installed in 18 X 18 18 17 12.0 beam (5,5 X 5,5) (5,5) (64,3) (0,83) 7/8 to 1-1/8 in. below bottom 20 x20 20 20 16.7 of beam (6,1 X 6,1) (6,1) (75,7) (1,15) Notes: 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor. See Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications, the greater of 0.1 GPM/ft2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLE A WET PIPE SYSTEM TFP442 Page 3 of 6 SERIES LF/1 RESIDENTIAL 4.9 K-FACTOR FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER (TY3596) NFPA 13D, 13R, AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA DRY PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure 2•3 Maximum Maximum Coverage Spacing Ordinary Temp. Rating Minimum Area 1 160°F (71°C) ft X ft ft Deflector to Installation Spacing (mxm) (m) Flow Pressure Ceiling Type ft GPM psi (m) (LPM) (bar) 12 X 12 12 13 7.0 (3,7 X 3,7) (3,7) (49,2) (0,48) Smooth Ceilings 14 X 14 14 14 8.2 7/8 to H/8 in. (4,3 X 4,3) (4,3) (53,0) (0,57) Beamed 16 X 16 16 15 9.4 Ceilings per 8 (4,9 X 4,9) (4,9) (56,8) (0,65) NFPA 13D or Concealed (2,4) 13R, or 13. Installed in 18 X 18 18 18 13.5 beam (5,5 X 5,5) (5,5) (68,1) (0,93) 7/8 to 1-1/8 in. below bottom 20 X 20 20 21 18.4 of beam (6,1 X 6,1) (6,1) (79,5) (1,27) Notes: 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated us- ing the nominal K-factor. See Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications, the greater of 0.1 GPM/ft2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLEB DRY PIPE SYSTEM RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LF/1 RESIDENTIAL 4.9 K-FACTOR FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT (TY3596) NFPA 13D, 13R, AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA TFP442 Page 4 of 6 TEMPERATURE PROFILE AIR 1/2" (12,7 mm} THREADED ADJUSTMENT RATING DEPTH GAP ORDINARY 3/16" (4,8 mm} 1/8" (3 ,2 mm} INTERMEDIATE 5/32" (4,0 mm} 3/32" (2,4 mm} COVER PLATE RETAINER OPERATED SPRINKLER FACE OF SPRINKLER SPRINKLER- 1-7 /8"± 1 /4" FITTING SUPPORT CUP (47,6 mm MOUNTING f:=:=:=:::========;,__ ASSEMBLY ±6,rm) r SURFAC~ ~==========/, ~ COVER-SPRINKLER- RETAINER SUPPORT CUP ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ,__ __ 3-3/16" DIA. _ ____,_, (81 ,0 mm} I PROFILE DEPTH (SEE TABLE} AIR GAP (SEE TABLE} 5/8" (15,9 mm} 1-1/8" (28,6 mm} DISPOSABLE TIP PROTECTIVE CAP FIGURE 2 DEFLECTOR IN OPERATED POSITION RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LF/1 RESIDENTIAL CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER (TY3596) INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS, PROTECTIVE CAP, AND ACTIVATED DEFLECTOR The number of "design sprinklers" specified in NFPA 130 and 13R for wet pipe systems is to be applied when designing dry pipe systems. Hydraulic Design (NFPA 13) For systems designed to N FPA 13, the number of design sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required dis- charge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: • The flow rates given in Tables A and B as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable cover- age area • A minimum discharge of 0.1 GPM/ft2 over the design area comprised of the four most hydrauli- cally demanding sprinklers for actual coverage areas protected by the four sprinklers The number of design sprinklers speci- fied in NFPA 13 for wet pipe systems is to be applied when designing dry pipe systems. Dry Pipe System Water Delivery When using the Series LFII Residen- tial Concealed Pendent Sprinklers in dry pipe sprinkler systems, the time for water delivery must not exceed 15 seconds for the most remote operat- ing sprinkler. Obstruction to Water Distribution Sprinklers are to be located in accor- dance with the obstruction rules of NFPA 130, 13R, and 13 as applicable for residential sprinklers as well as with the obstruction criteria described within the Technical Data Sheet TFP490. Operational Sensitivity The sprinklers are to be installed rela- tive to the ceiling mounting surface as shown in Figure 2. Sprinkler Spacing The minimum spacing between sprin- klers is 8 ft (2,4 m). The maximum spacing between sprinklers cannot exceed the length of the coverage area (see Table A or B) being hydraulically calculated, for example, maximum 12 ft for a 12 ft x 12 ft coverage area, or 20 ft for a 20 ft x 20 ft coverage area. The Series LFII must not be used in applications where the air pres- sure above the ceiling is greater than that below. Down drafts through the Support Cup could delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Installation The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFI I Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Damage to the fusible Link Assembly during installation can be avoided by handling the sprinkler by the support cup only. Therefore, do not apply pres- sure to the fusible Link Assembly. A 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Cover Plate Assembly by under-or over- tightening the Sprinkler. Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. WRENCH RECESS t PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE3 W-TYPE 18 SPRINKLER WRENCH Step 1. The sprinkler must only be installed in the pendent position and with the centerline of the sprinkler per- pendicular to the mounting surface. Step 2. Remove the Protective Cap. Step 3. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, and using the W-Type 18 Wrench shown in Figure 3, install and tighten the Sprinkler/ Support Cup Assembly into the fitting. The W-Type 18 Wrench will accept a 1/2 in. ratchet drive. Step 4. Replace the Protective Cap by pushing it upwards until it bottoms out against the Support Cup. The Protec- tive Cap helps prevent damage to the Deflector and Guide Pins during ceiling installation and/or during application of the finish coating of the ceiling. It may also be used to locate the center of the clearance hole by gently pushing the ceiling material against the center point of the Cap. Note: As long as the protective Cap remains in place, the system is consid- ered to be "Out Of Service." Step 5. After the ceiling has been com- pleted with the 2-1/2 in. (63 mm) diam- eter clearance hole and in preparation for installing the Cover Plate Assembly, remove and discard the Protective Cap, and verify that the Deflector moves up and down freely. If the sprinkler has been damaged and the Deflector does not move up and down freely, replace the entire sprinkler assembly. Do not attempt to modify or repair a damaged sprinkler. Step 6. Push on the Cover Plate Assembly until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Do not continue to push on the Cover Plate Assembly such that it lifts a ceiling panel out of its normal position. If the Cover Plate Assembly cannot be engaged with the Mounting Cup or the Cover Plate Assembly cannot be engaged sufficiently to contact the ceiling, the Sprinkler Fitting must be repositioned. Care and Maintenance The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system which it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified. Absence of a Cover Plate may delay the sprinkler operation in a fire situation. When properly installed, there is an air gap between the lip of the Cover Plate and the ceiling. The Ordinary Tem- perature Cover Plate assembly has a nominal 1/8 in. (3,2 mm) air gap. The Intermediate Temperature Cover Plate has a nominal 3/32 (2,4 mm) air gap, as shown in Figure 2. This air gap is necessary for proper operation of the sprinkler by allowing heat flow from a fire to pass below and above the Cover Plate to help assure appropriate release of the Cover Plate in a fire situation. If the ceiling is to be repainted after the installation of the Sprinkler, care must be exercised to ensure that the new paint does not seal off any of the air gap. Factory painted Cover Plates must not be repainted. They should be replaced, if necessary, by factory painted units. Non-factory applied paint may adversely delay or prevent sprinkler operation in the event of a fire. Do not pull the Cover Plate relative to the Enclosure. Separation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or otherwise altered after leaving the factory. Modi- fied or over heated sprinklers must be replaced. Care must be exercised to avoid damage before, during, and after instal- lation. Sprinklers damaged by drop- ping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, for example, NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non- operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty TFP442 -.i- Page 5 of 6 For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and part number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies Specify: Series LFII (TY3596) 4.9K Res- idential Concealed Pendent Sprinkler, P/N (specify): 160°F (71°C) ................... 51-112-1-160 212°F (100°C) .................. 51-112-1-212 Note: Sprinkler and Cover Plates are separately sold. See below for Cover Plate ordering information. Cover Plate Assemblies Specify: LFII Concealed Sprinkler Cover Plate Assembly, temperature rating (specify), (specify) finish, P/N (specify): 139°F (59°C) Ivory (RAL1015) ............... 56-204-0-135 Bright Chrome ................ 56-204-1-135 Beige (RAL1001) .............. 56-204-2-135 Pure White (RAL901 0)* ......... 56-204-3-135 Signal White (RAL9003)"* ....... 56-204-4-135 Grey White (RAL9002) .......... 56-204-5-135 Brown (RAL8028) .............. 56-204-6-135 Black (RAL9005) .............. 56-204-7-135 Brushed Brass ................ 56-204-8-135 Brushed Chrome .............. 56-204-9-135 Custom Paint ................. 56-204-X-135 165°F (74°C) Ivory (RAL 1015) ............... 56-204-0-165 Bright Chrome ................ 56-204-1 165 Beige (RAL1001) .............. 56-204-2-165 Pure White (RAL901 0)* ......... 56-204-3-165 Signal White (RAL9003)** ....... 56-204-4-165 Grey White (RAL9002) .......... 56-204-5-165 Brown (RAL8028) .............. 56-204-6-1 65 Black (RAL9005) ...... : ....... 56-204-7-165 Brushed Brass ................ 56-204-8-165 Brushed Chrome .............. 56-204-9-165 Custom Paint ................. 56-204-X-1 65 "Eastern Hemisphere sales only **Previously known as Bright White Note: All Custom Cover Plates are painted using SHERWIN-WILLIAMS Interior Latex Paint. Contact Johnson Controls Customer Service with any questions related to custom orders. Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 18 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-1-265 TFP442 Page 6 of 6 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 0 201g Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademar1<s of National Fire Protection Association; TEFLON Is a registered trademar1< of DuPont; SHERWIN-WILLIAMS Is a registered trademark of SWIMC LLC Johnson ~b, Controls tqca Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Series RFII -5.6 K-factor "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Quick & Standard Response, Standard Coverage General Description The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response (3-mm bulb) and Standard Response (5-mm bulb}, are decorative sprinklers fea- turing a flat cover plate designed to conceal the sprinkler. These sprinklers are optimal for architecturally sensi- tive areas such as hotel lobbies, office buildings, churches, and restaurants. Each sprinkler includes a Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly and a Sprinkler/ Support Cup Assembly. The separa- ble, two-piece assembly design pro- vides the following benefits: • Allows installation of the sprinklers and pressure testing of the fire pro- tection system prior to installation of a suspended ceiling or application of the finish coating to a fixed ceiling. • Permits the removal of suspended ceiling panels for access to building service equipment without having to first shut down the fire protection system and remove sprinklers. • Provides for 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of ver- tical adjustment to allow a measure of flexibility in determining the length of fixed piping to cut for the sprinkler drops. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 4 The Series RFII Sprinklers are shipped with a Disposable Protective Cap. The Protective Cap is temporarily removed during installation and replaced to help protect the sprinkler during ceiling installation or finish. The tip of the Pro- tective Cap can be used to mark the center of the ceiling hole into plaster board or ceiling tiles by gently pushing the ceiling product against the Pro- tective Cap. When ceiling installa- tion is complete, the Protective Cap is removed and the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly is installed. As an option, the Series RFII Standard Response (5-mm bulb} "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers can be fitted with a silicone Air and Dust Seal. See Figure 5. The Air and Dust Seal is intended for sensitive areas where it is desirable to prevent air and dust from the area above the ceiling to pass through the cover plate. 14-ii@i The Series RF/I Concealed Pendent Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the appli- cable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN} TY3531 -3 mm bulb TY3551 -5 mm bulb FEBRUARY 2020 Technical Data Sprinkler Approvals Approvals apply only to the service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria section. • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb) is UL Listed, C-UL Listed and NYC Approved (MEA 353-01-E) as Quick Response. • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb) is VdS Approved (Certificate No. G4090007). • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb) is FM and LPCB Approved (Ref. No. 094a/10) as Standard Response. Note: FM and LPCB do not approve concealed sprinklers for quick response. • TY3551 (5 mm Bulb) is UL Listed, C-UL Listed, FM Approved, LPCB Approved (Ref. No. 094a/9), and NYC Approved (MEA 353-01-E) as Standard Response. Approvals for Air and Dust Seal UL and C-UL Listed for use with the RFII Standard Response Concealed Sprinkler (TY3551) Maximum Working Pressure Maximum 250 psi (17,3 bar) by UL, C-UL, and NYC Maximum 175 psi (12,1 bar) by FM, VdS, and LPCB Temperature Rating 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler with 139°F (59°C) Cover Plate 200°F (93°C) Sprinkler with 165°F (74°C) Cover Plate TFP181 ..) TFP181 Page 2 of 4 Discharge Coefficient K= 5.6 GPM/psj1t2 (80,6 LPM/bar1l2) Adjustment 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) Finishes See the Ordering Procedure section. Physical Characteristics Frame ............................ Bronze Support Cup ................... Plated Steel Guide Pins .................. Stainless Steel Deflector ........................... Bronze Compression Screw .................. Brass Bulb ............................... Glass Cap ..................... Bronze or Copper Sealing Assembly .. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Cover Plate ......................... Brass Retainer ............................ Brass Ejection Spring .............. Stainless Steel Design Criteria The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush II " Concealed Pendent Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- tion systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency; for example, UL Listing is based on NFPA 13 and VdS Approval is based on the CEA 4001. For more information on LPCB and VdS Approvals, contact Johnson Controls at the following office: Enschede, Netherlands Telephone: 31 -53-428-4444 Fax: 31-53-428-3377 The Series RFII Concealed Pendent Sprinklers are only listed and approved with the Series RFI I Concealed Cover Plates having a factory applied finish. 14•H@i Do not use the Series RF/I in applica- tions where the air pressure above the ceiling is greater than that below. Down drafts through the Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Operation When exposed to heat from a fire, the Cover Plate, normally soldered to the Retainer at three points, falls away to expose the Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly. The Deflector -supported by the Guide Pins -then drops down to its operational position. The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, activating the sprinkler and allowing water to flow. 1/2" NPT FRAME SUPPORT CUP WITH ROLL FORMED THREADS GUIDE PINS(2) SEALING ASSEMBLY CAP BULB -',--,-..,....,....-,--~---COMPRESSION SCREW I DEFLECTOR I I I I I (DROPPED c =--J _ ~---_-_-_-_-J _ ~--= J------r POSITION) DEFLECTOR SPRINKLER/SUPPORT CUP ASSEMBLY THREAD INTO SUPPORT CUP UNTIL MOUNTING SURFACE IS FLUSH WITH CEILING 0 0 RETAINER WITH THREAD DIMPLES EJECTION SPRING ~/. SOLDER 7 TABS (3) COVER PLATE/RETAINER ASSEMBLY COVER PLATE FIGURE 1 MODEL RF/I CONCEALED SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY Installation The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprin- kler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diam- eter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 155°F (68°C} and 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 200°F (93°C} temperature ratings. A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N-m). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Sprinkler by under-or over-tightening the Sprin- kler/Support Cup Assembly. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install the sprinkler only in the pendent position with the center-line of the sprinkler perpendicular to the mounting surface. Step 2. Remove the Protective Cap. Step 3. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 4. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler using only the RFII Sprinkler Wrench. See Figure 3. Apply the RFII Sprinkler Wrench to the Sprinkler as shown in Figure 3. D FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER SUPPORT CUP ASSEMBLY FACE OF CEILING, RETAINING RING MOUNTING SURFACE 3/16" to 11/1 6" (4,8 to 17,5 mm) REFERENCE COVER PLATE PROFILE DEPTH DIMENSION B CLEARANCE HOLE DIAMETER DIMENSION C I I I I I I I I I I I I C-::_ ~ -~-_ -_--y---~ _ ':,.::" ~ .:J MANUFACTURER PRESET GAP 3/32" (2,4 mm) DEFLECTOR IN DROPPED POSITION COVER PLATE DIAMETER DIMENSION A COVER PLATE RETAINER ASSEMBLY A: 3-1/4 in. (82,6 mm) C: 2-3/8 to 2-5/8 in. (60,3 to 66,7 mm) B: 3/16 in. (4,8 mm) D: 1-3/4 to 2-1/4 in. (44,5 to 57,2 mm) FIGURE 2 SERIES CONCEALED SPRINKLER INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 0 FRAME ARM SUPPORT CUP 7/8" (23 mm) SQUARE ALIGN ARROWS WITH FRAME ARMS ACCEPTS 1/2" SOCKET DRIVE FIGURE3 RF/I SPRINKLER WRENCH CLEARANCE HOLE TFP181 Page 3 of 4 FIGURE4 DISPOSABLE PROTECTIVE CAP Step 5. Replace the Protective Cap by pushing it upwards until it bottoms out against the Support Cup. See Figure 4. The Protective Cap helps prevent damage to the Deflector and Arms during ceiling installation and/or finish. You can also use the Protective Cap to locate the center of the clearance hole by gently pushing the ceiling material up against the center point of the Pro- tective Cap. it->i@i As long as the Protective Cap remains in place, the system is considered "Out of Service". Step 6. After the ceiling has been completed with the 2-1/2 in. (63,5 mm) diameter clearance hole and in prep- aration for installing the Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly, remove and discard the Protective Cap. Verify that the Deflector moves up and down freely. If the Sprinkler is damaged and the Deflector does not move up and down freely, replace the entire Sprinkler. Do not attempt to modify or repair a damaged sprinkler. Step 7. When installing an Air and Dust Seal, see Figure 5; otherwise, proceed to Step 8. To attach the Air and Dust Seal, verify the angle of the outside edge of the seal is oriented accord- ing to Figure 5. Start the edge of the Retainer in the grooved slot of the Air and Dust Seal and continue around the retainer until the entire Air and Dust Seal is engaged. Step 8. Screw on the Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly until the Retainer, shown in Figure 2, or the Air and Dust Seal, shown in Figure 5, contacts the ceiling. Do not continue to screw on the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly so that it lifts a ceiling panel out of its normal position. If you cannot engage the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly with the Support Cup or you cannot engage the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly suf- ficiently to contact the ceiling, you must reposition the Sprinkler Fitting. , TFP181 Page 4 of 4 SUPPORT CUP ORIENT SEAL FIGURES OPTIONAL AIR AND DUST SEAL FOR SERIES RF/I (TY3551) Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly can delay sprinkler opera- tion in a fire situation. When properly installed, there is a nominal 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) air gap between the lip of the Cover Plate and the ceiling, as shown in Figure 2. This air gap is necessary for proper operation of the sprinkler. If the ceiling requires repainting after sprinkler installation, ensure that the new paint does not seal off any of the air gap. Do not pull the Cover Plate relative to the Enclosure. Separation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers -before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. See the Installation Section. Exercise care to avoid damage to sprin- klers before, during, and after instal- lation. Replace sprinklers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist- ing, wrench slipping, or the like. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. See the Installation section. If you must remove a sprinkler, do not reinstall it or a replacement without reinstalling the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly. If a Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly becomes dislodged during service, replace it immediately. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, for example, NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer regarding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national code. 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name. Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly Specify: Series RFII (specify SIN), K=5.6, "Royal Flush II" Pendent Sprin- klers (specify) temperature rating, P/N* (specify): 155°Fl68°C} 200°Fl93°C} TY3531 51-792-1-155 51-792-1-200 TY3551 51-790-1-155 51-790-1-200 • Use Suffix "I" for ISO 7-1 connection; for example, 51-792-1-155-1 Separately Ordered Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly: Specify: (temperature rating from below) Series RFII Concealed Cover Plate with (finish), P/N (specify). 139°F (59°C)(a) 165°F (74°C)(b) Grey White {RAL9002) .... 56-792-0-135 56-792-0-165 Brushed Brass .. 56-792-1-135 56-792-1-165 Brass .......... 56-792-2-135 56-792-2-165 Pure White {c) {RAL9010) .... 56-792-3-135 56-792-3-165 Signal White {RAL9003) .... 56-792-4-135 56-792-4-165 Jet Black {RAL9005) .... 56-792-6-135 59-792-6-165 Brushed Chrome ........ 56-792-8-135 56-792-8-165 Chrome ........ 56-792-9-135 56-792-9-165 Custom ........ 56-792-X-135 56-792-X-165 (a) For use with 155°F (68°C) sprinklers. (b) For use with 200°F (93°C) sprinklers. (c) Eastern Hemisphere sales only. Sprinkler Wrench Specify: RFII Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-1-075 Air and Dust Seal Specify: Air and Dust Seal, P/N 56-908-1-001 C 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are regiotered trademarka of National Fire Protection Association; Johnson f Jg, Controls TEFLON 11 a roglctored trademark of DuPont tqca Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage General Description The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers described in this data sheet are quick response, standard coverage, decorative 3 mm glass bulb-type spray sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard, commercial occupan- cies such as banks, hotels, and shop- ping malls. The recessed version of the Series TY-FRB Pendent Sprinkler, where applicable, is intended for use in areas with a finished ceiling. This recessed pendent sprinkler uses one of the following: • A two-piece Style 15 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust- ment up to 5/8 in. (15,9 mm) from the flush pendent position. • A two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust- ment up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) from the flush pendent position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. Intermediate level versions of Series TY-FRB Sprinklers are described in Technical Data Sheet TFP357. Sprin- kler guards and shields are described in Technical Data Sheet TFP780. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 4 •n•li@I The TYCO Series TY-FRB Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authori- ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN} TY313 .... Upright 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT TY323 .... Pendent 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT Technical Data Approvals Refer to Table A Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12.1 bar) 250 psi (17.2 bar)* • The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17.2 bar) only applies to the listing by Underwriters Laborato- ries, Inc. (UL). Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 GPM/psi½ (80,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating Refer to Table A Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table B Recessed Escutcheon: White Coated, Black Coated, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................ Bronze Button ...................... Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly ... Stainless Steel w/TEFLON Bulb ............................... Glass Compression Screw ................. Bronze Deflector .......................... Bronze AUGUST 2018 Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- tion systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (such as, UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the requirements of FM's Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 15 or Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon is to be used for recessed pendent installations. TFP172 , .... TFP172 Page 2 of 4 Components: 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7 -1 can be provided on special request. STYLE 15 or 20 Assembly 6 -Deflector* DEFLECTOR * ESCUTCHEON PLATE 1/2" 7/16" (11,1 mm) RECESSED SEATING SURFACE NPT** NOMINAL MAKE-IN ESCUTCHEON 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN 2" (50,8 mm) CROSS SECTION UPRIGHT -~ ~1- t 2" (50,8 mm) 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) ~ Wi~~H J DEFLECTOR* 1---2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY313) AND PENDENT (TY323) SPRINKLERS 5.6 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT, QUICK RESPONSE WRENCH RECESS (USE ONLY END"A") FIGURE2 W-TYPE6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS t PUSH WRENCH INTO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE3 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH Installation The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprin- kler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diam- eter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) and 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141 °C) temperature ratings. A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N ·m). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Escutch- eon Plate by under-or over-tightening the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Upright and Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions. Step 1. Install Pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprin- klers in the upright position. Step 2. With pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 2). With ref- erence to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats. Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). Recessed Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with the following instructions. Step A. After installing the Style 15 or Style 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads, and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step B. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 3). With reference to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). Step C. After ceiling installation and finishing, slide on the Style 15 or Style 20 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers must be maintained and ser- viced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non- operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- tion Section.) The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) 3/8±5/16" '71~ (9,5±7,9 mm) VZ, MOUNTING SURFACE ~~~ CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB MOUNTING PLATE FIGURE4 TFP172 Page 3 of 4 5/8" (15,9 mm) FLUSH 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) 3/4" (19, 1 mm) SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY {TY323) WITH TWO PIECE 5/8 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 15 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) 5/16±1/4" (7 ,9±6,4 mm) ~ SURFACE 1/2" (12,7 mm) FLUSH -t -MO_U_N_~_IN~ ~=-:~ CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB MOUNTING PLATE 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) 7/8" (22,2 mm) FIGURES SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY {TY323) WITH TWO PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series TY-FRB Upright or Pendent (specify) Sprinkler, SIN (specify), K=5.6, Quick Response, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify, refer to Table A). Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style 15 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 , TFP172 Page 4 of 4 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 7) K TYPE TEMPERATURE BULB LIQUID NATURAL I CHROME I POLYESTERC FACTOR COLOR BRASS PLATED 135°F (57°C) Orange UPRIGHT 155°F (68°C) Red (TY313) and 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6 PENDENT 200°F (93°C) Green (TY323) 5.6 286°F (141°C) Blue 1/2 in. NPT 135°F (57°C) Orange RECESSED 155°F (68°C) Red PENDENT (TY323) 175°F (79°C) 1,2,3,4 Figures 4a and Sb Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 5. VdS Approved (For details, contact Johnson Controls, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31 -54-428-3377.) 6. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 7. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. a. Installed with Style 15 (1/2 in. NPT) 5/8 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. c. Frame and Deflector only. Listings and approvals apply to color (Special Order). I 370 371 TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 5.6 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS P/Na 77 -XXX-X I I -XXX I SIN SPRINKLER FINISH 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2 in.NPT) TY313 1 NATURAL BRASS 5.6K PENDENT (1/2 in.NPT) TY323 3 PURE WHITE (RAL9010)8 POLYESTER Notes: SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) a. Use suffix "I" for ISO 7-1 connection; for example, 4 77-370-4-175-1 POLYESTER 5 JET BLACK (RAL9005) POLYESTER 9 CHROME PLATED Notes: a. Eastern Hemisphere sales only TABLEB SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 135 155 175 200 286 C 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; TEFLON Is a registered trademark of DuPont TEMPERATURE RATINGS 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Johnson fg, Controls tqca Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Series TY-FRB -5.6 K-factor Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage General Description The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori- zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers described in this data sheet are quick response -standard coverage, dec- orative 3 mm glass bulb type spray sprinklers designed for use in light and ordinary hazard, commercial occu- pancies such as banks, hotels, shop- ping malls, etc. They are designed for installation along a wall or the side of a beam and just beneath a smooth ceiling. Sidewall sprinklers are com- monly used instead of pendent or upright sprinklers due to aesthetics or building construction considerations, where piping across the ceiling is not desirable. The recessed version of the Series TY-FRB Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler is intended for use in areas with a fin- ished wall. It uses a two-piece Style 10 Recessed Escutcheon with 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 3/4 in. (19,1 mm) of total adjustment from the flush sidewall position, or a two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon with 1/4 in. (6,4 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush side- wall position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe nipples to the sprinklers must be cut. Corrosion resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 6 of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be obtained when exposed to corrosive atmo- spheres. Although corrosion resistant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the appli- cable approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible cor- rosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suit- ability of these coatings for any given corrosive environment. The effects of ambient temperature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity, should be considered, as a minimum, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. l?t•li@I The Series TY-FRB Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authori- ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY3331 ................ Horizontal TY3431. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vertical JULY 2018 Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved LPCB Approved NYC Approved (Refer to Table A for complete approval information including corrosion resistant status.) Maximum Working Pressure Refer to Table B Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 GPM/psi1/2 (80,6 LPM/bar1l2) Temperature Ratings Refer to Table A TFP176 , .. TFP176 Page 2 of 6 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing Assembly 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw 6 -Deflector* 6* 9/16" (14,3 mm) WRENCH 1/2"** FLATS NPT Ii 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing DEFLECTOR ~ HAT --r \\ 5 Assembly 4 -Bulb 5 -Compression Screw 6 -Deflector* A'. 6* 4 9/16" (14,3 mm) 2 3 1/2' NPT Ii 1-13/16" (46,0 mm) 7/16" ] (11,1 mm) NOMINAL~ MAKE-IN 1-13/16" (46,0 mm) CENTERLINE OF SPRINKLER WATERWAY 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL~ MAKE-IN CENTERLINE OF SPRINKLER WATERWAY 1-1/2" (38,1 mm) 1-1/2" (38,1 mm) ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING ,__ __ 2-3/16" SURFACE ~55 6 mm) PLATE SEATING ----2-3/16" SURFACE ~556 mm) STYLE 10 or 20 t RECESSED ESCUTCHEON * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) I STYLE 10 t RECESSED ESCUTCHEON *Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) ~ ALL FINISHES EXCEPT POLY-STAINLESS POLY-STAINLESS FINISH ONLY FIGURE 1 5.6 K-FACTOR QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3331) SPRINKLERS Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table C Recessed Escutcheon: Signal or Pure White, Jet Black, Grey Aluminum, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................ Bronze Button . . ....... Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly .. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb...... . ........... Glass Compression Screw ................. Bronze HSW Deflector ..................... Bronze VSW Deflector .............•....... Copper Poly-Stainless Physical Characteristics Frame ............................ Bronze Button . . .. L316 Stainless Steel· Bulb ............................... Glass Compression Screw ..... L316 Stainless Steel· HSW Deflector .............. Copper/Bronze Sealing Assembly . Gold Plated Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON •rype L316 stainless steel (UNS 31603) per ASTM A479/479M or BS EN 1008 WN1.4404. Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hor- izontal and Vertical .Sidewall Sprin- klers are intended for fire protection systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules rec- ognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (e.g., UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the requirements of FM's Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 10 or 20 Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable, is to be used for recessed horizontal installations. Installation The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori- zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1 ,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141 °C) temperature ratings. A leak tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprin- kler and cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to make-up for insuf- ficient adjustment in the escutcheon plate by under-or over-tightening the sprinkler. Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Series TY-FRB Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler Installation The Series TY-FRB Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the fol- lowing instructions. Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the horizontal position with their centerline of water- way perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Vertical sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the pendent or upright position with the arrow on the Deflec- tor pointing away from the wall. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 5), With reference to Figure 1 or 2, the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the wrench flats. * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE 2-3/16' (55,6mm) ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. SHOWN PENDENT 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN t WRENCH FLATS TFP176 , Page 3 of 6 1 -Frame 4 -Bulb 7 -Ejection 2 -Button 5 -Compression Spring 3 -Sealing Screw Assembly 6 -Deflector* ARROW MUST POINT AWAY FROM AND BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE BACK WALL SURFACE SHOWN UPRIGHT CROSS . SECTION 2 3 FIGURE2 5.6 K-FACTOR QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB VERTICAL SIDEWALL (TY3431) SPRINKLERS Series TY-FRB Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Installation The Series TY-FRB Recessed Horizon- tal Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. Step A. Recessed horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the hori- zontal position with their centerline of waterway perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step B. After installing the Style 10 or 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 6). With reference to Figure 1, the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprin- kler wrench flats. Step D. After the ceiling has been installed or the finish coat has been applied, slide on the Style 10 or 20 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprin- kler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori- zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified. Absence of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Spriklers .. TFP176 Page 4 of 6 MOUNTING I SURFACE ~ CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB MOUNTING PLATE ½1 5/8±1/4" (15,9±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) i 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) FIGURE3 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON MOUNTING ~ SURFACE ~ CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB MOUNTING PLATE ½1 1/2±1/8" (12,7±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) W-1/8" (3,2 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1" (25,4 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) FIGURE4 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FIGURES W-TYPE6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH INTO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE6 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP176 Page 5 of 6 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 11) K TYPE TEMP. BULB NATURAL I CHROME POLYESTERC POLY-LEAD LIQUID BRASS PLATED STAINLESSc COATED 135°F (57°C) Orange HORIZ. 155°F (68°C) Red SIDEWALL 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1,2,3,4,9, 10 1, 2, 3, 9 1,2 1, 2, 3, 9 (TY3331) 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 5.6 RECESSED 135°F (57°C) Orange 1/2 in. HORIZ. 155°F (68°C) Red NPT SIDEWALL 1, 2, 4, 9, 10 1, 2, 9 1, 2 N/A (TY3331Ja 175°F (79°C) Yellow Figure 3 200°F (93°C) Green RECESSED 135°F (57°C) Orange HORIZ. 155°F (68°C) Red SIDEWALL 1,2,3,4,9 N/A N/A (TY3331)h 175°F (79°C) Yellow Figure 4 200°F (93°C) Green VERTICAL 135°F (57°C) Orange SIDEWALL 155°F (68°C) Red 5.6 (TY3431) 1/2 in. Installed 175°F (79°C) Yellow 5,6, 7,8,9 NIA 5, 6, 7, 9 NPT Pendent or 200°F (93°C) Green Upright 2a6°F (141°c ) Blue NOTES: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories. Inc. (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 in. (100 to 300 mm) top of deflec- tor to ceiling distance. 2. Listed by Underwr~ers Laboratories Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 in. (100 to 300 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 in. (100 to 300 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. 4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007a/04) at a 4 to 6 in. (100 to 150 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. The LPC does not rate the thermal sensitivity of horizontal sidewall sprinklers. 5. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. 6. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. 7. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light Hazard Occupancies. 8. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06 & 007a/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 9. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 10.Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) at a 4 to 6 in. (100 to 150 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. The LPC does not rate the thermal sensitivity of horizontal sidewall sprinklers. 11. Where Polyester Coated and Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. a. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) 3/4 in.Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon. b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon. c. Frame and deflector only. damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like , must be replaced. Also, replace any sprikler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installation Section). The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non- operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. Frequent visual inspections are rec- ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprin- klers, after the installation has been completed, to ve rify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Thereafter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of inspecting from the floor level, a random sampling of close-up visual inspections should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprin- kler condition and the long term integ- rity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive conditions present. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as we ll as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. TFP176 Page 6 of 6 K TYPE SPRINKLER FINISH NATURAL BRASS I CHROME PLATED I POLYESTER I LEAD COATED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3331) 250 PSI (17,2 BAR) or 175PSI (12,1 BAR) 5.6 RECESSED HORIZ. 1/2 in. SIDEWALL (TY3331) (SEE NOTE 1) NPT VERTICAL SIDEWALL 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) (TY3431) NOTES: 1. The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL); the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL); and, the Approval by the City of New York. TABLEB MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE P/N 57 -XXX -X -XXX I I SIN SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE FINISH RATINGS 378 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL TY3331 1 NATURAL BRASS 135 135°F (57°C) 375 VERTICAL SIDEWALL TY3431 POLY-STAINLESS GREY 155 155°F (68°C) 2 ALUMINUM (RAL9007)1 POLYESTER PURE WHITE (RAL9010)2 175 175°F (79°C) 3 POLYESTER SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) 200 200°F (93°C) 4 POLYESTER JET BLACK (RAL9005)3 286 286°F (141°C) 5 POLYESTER 7 LEAD COATED 9 CHROME PLATED NOTES: 1. Available for TY3331 only. 2. Eastern Hemisphere sales only. 3. Available in 155°F (68°C) or 200°F (93°C temperature rating only. TABLEC PART NUMBER SELECTION SERIES TY-FRB HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections: Specify: Series TY-FRB (specify SIN), (specify K-factor), (specify) Horizontal Sidewall or Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler, Standard Response, Standard Coverage, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish or coating, PIN (specify from Table C) 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style (10 or 20) Recessed Escutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) • Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 C 2018Johnson Controls. AU rights rea.rved. All specifications and other infonnation shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson ~j, Controls NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademart(a of National Fire Protection Aaaoclatlon; TEFLON la a r9glstered lrademar1o: of DuPont 1:qca Worldwide I . Contacts www.tyco-f1re.com Series EC-11 and EC-14 Sprinklers, 11.2 Kand 14.0 K Upright and Pendent Extended Coverage Light and Ordinary Hazard General Description TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers are decorative glass-bulb sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard occupancies. They are intended for use in automatic sprinkler systems designed in accor- dance with standard installation rules, such as NFPA 13, for a maximum cov- erage area of 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) as com- pared to the maximum coverage area of 130 ft2 (12,1 m2) for standard cover- age sprinklers used in ordinary hazard occupancies, Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers feature a UL and C-UL Listing that permits their use with unobstructed or non-combus- ti ble obstructed ceiling construction as defined and permitted by NFPA 13, as well as a specific application listing for use under concrete tees. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Sprinklers have been fire tested to compare their performance to that of standard coverage spray sprinklers. These tests have shown that the pro- tection provided is equal to or more effective than standard coverage spray sprinklers. Corrosion-resistant coatings, where applicable, help extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which occurs when exposed to corrosive atmospheres. Although corrosion-resistant coated sprinklers IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 passed standard corrosion tests of the applicable approval agencies, this testing is not representative of all pos- sible corrosive atmospheres. Conse- quently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these corrosion-resistant coatings for any given corrosive envi- ronment. The effects of ambient tem- perature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity should be considered, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. IN•Ji@I Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY5137 ............ Upright, 11.2K TY5237 ............ Pendent, 11.2K TY6137 ............ Upright, 14.0K TY6237 . . . . . . . . . . . Pendent, 14.0K TY5137 a re-designation for C5137, G1894, and S2510 TY5237 a re-designation for C5237, G1893, and S2511 TY6137 a re-designation for C6137, G1896, and S2610 TY6237 a re-designation for C6237, G1895, and S2611 JUNE 2019 Technical Data Approvals TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed. See Table A for complete sprin- kler approval information including cor- rosion-resistant status. The approvals apply to the service conditions indi- cated in the Design Criteria section. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Sprinklers are FM Approved. See Table A for complete sprinkler approval information including corrosion-resis- tant status. The approvals apply to the service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria section. TFP220 TFP220 Page 2 of 8 WRENCH FLAT 3/4' NPT** 2-7/16" (61,9 mm) UPRIGHT & PENDENT 1/2" (12,7 mm)~ NOMINAL MAKE-IN UPRIGHT ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE CROSS PENDENT SECTION FIGURE 1 Components: 1 -Frame 2 -Button 3 -Sealing Assembly 4 -Bulb 5 -Compres~on Screw 6 -Deflector * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 EXTENDED COVERAGE SPRINKLERS 11.2 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT (TY5137) AND PENDENT {TY5237) 14.0 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT (TY6137) AND PENDENT {TY6237) ASSEMBLY The Style 60 Two-Piece Flush Escutch- eon shown in Figure 4 is UL Listed for use with the Series EC-11 and EC-14 Pendent Sprinklers. Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Pipe Thread Connection 3/4 in. NPT Discharge Coefficients K = 11.2 GPM/psi½ (161 ,3 LPM/bar½) K = 14.0 GPM/psi½ (201,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Ratings See Table A Finish Sprinkler: See Table A Recessed or Flush Escutcheon: White-Coated, Chrome-Plated, and Brass-Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................ Bronze Button ............................ Bronze Sealing Assembly . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb ................... Glass (3 mm) Compression Screw ................ Bronze Deflector ........................... Brass Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, which then allows the sprin- kler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must only be installed in accordance with the applicable UL and C-UL Listing or FM Approval requirements as indi- cated below. Only Style 30 or 40 Recessed Escutcheons are to be used for recessed installation, as applica- ble. See Tables A, B, and C, for more information. UL and C-UL Listing Requirements 1. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers may be used for the coverage areas shown in Table D, based on maintaining the minimum specified flow rate as a function of coverage area and haz- ard group for all sprinklers in the design area. 2. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers are permitted to be used with unobstructed or non-combustible obstructed ceil- ing construction as defined and permitted by NFPA 13; for example: • Unobstructed, combustible or noncombustible, ceiling con- struction with a deflector to ceiling/roof deck distance of 1 to 12 in. (25 to 300 mm). • Obstructed, non-combusti- ble, ceiling construction with a deflector location below struc- tural members of 1 to 6 in. (25 to 150 mm) and a maximum deflector to ceiling/roof deck dis- tance of 22 in. (550 mm). 3. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers, specifically tested and listed for non-combus- tible obstructed construction, are permitted to be used within truss- es or bar joists having non-com- bustible web members greater than 1 in. (25,4 mm) when apply- ing the 4 times obstruction crite- ria rule defined under "Obstruc- tions to Sprinkler Discharge Pattern Development". 4. To prevent cold soldering, the minimum allowable spacing be- tween Series EC-11 and EC-14 Ex- tended Coverage Sprinklers is 8 ft (2,4 m) for upright sprinklers and 9 ft (2,7 m) for pendent sprinklers. 5. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers are to be in- stalled in accordance with all oth- er requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage upright and pendent sprinklers; For exam- ple, obstructions to sprinkler dis- charge, obstructions to sprinkler pattern development, obstructions to prevent sprinkler discharge from reaching hazard and clearance to storage. TFP220 Page 3 of 8 Bulb Sprinkler Finish (See Note 5) Hazard Type Temperature Liquid Natural I Chrome I Lead Brass Plated Polyester· Coated 135°f (57°C) Orange Upright 155°f (68°C) Red 1, 2, 3 .. , 4 K=11.2 (TY5137) Light Pendent 175°F (79°C) Yellow K=1 1.2 (TY5237) 200°F (93°C) Green Table B describes K=14.0 (TY6237) 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 4 UL and C-UL 286°F (141°C) Blue Sensitivity Rating 135°F (57°C) Orange Table C describes Recessed Pendent 155°F (68°C) Red 1, 2, 3, 4 FM K=1 1.2 (TY5237) Sensitivity Rating K=14.0 (TY6237) 175°F (79°C) Yellow N/A With Style 30 200°F (93°C) Green 1, 2, 4 Escutcheon 286°F (141°C) Blue Upright 135°f (57°C) Orange 1, 2, 3, 4 K=11.2 (TY5137~ 155°F (68°C) Red Ordinary K=14.0 (TY6137 175°f {79°C} Yellow 1,2,3,4 Pendent Table B describes K=11.2 (TY5237) 200°F (93°C) Green 1, 2, 4 UL and C-UL K=14.0 (TY6237) 286°F (141°C) Blue Sensitivity Rating Table C describes Recessed Pendent 135°f (57°C) Orange FM K=11.2 (TY5237) 155°F (68°C) Red Sensitivity Rating K=14.0 (TY6237) 1, 2, 4 N/A With Style 30 or 40 175°F (79°C) Yellow Escutcheon 200°F (93°C) Green NOTES 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) 4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 177-03-E 5. Where Polyester Coated or Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-Ul Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-Ul Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers N/A = Not Available • Frame and Deflector only •• Pendent only TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Area Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard ft X ft Style 135°F 155°F 175°f 200°F 286°F 135°f 155°f 175°F 200°F 286°F (57°C) (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141°C) (57°C) (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141 °C) Upright or Pendent -----QR QR QR QR QR 14x 14 Style 30 Recessed -----QR QR QR QR QR Style 40 Recessed -----QR QR QR QR QR Upright or Pendent QR• QR• QR• QR• QR• SR SR SR SR SR 16x 16 Style 30 Recessed QR• QR• QR• QR• QR• SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR Upright or Pendent QR• QR• QR• QR• QR• SR SR SR SR SR 18 X 18 Style 30 Recessed QR* QR• QR* QR• QR* SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR Upright or Pendent QR* QR* QR* SR* SR* SR SR SR SR SR 20x20 Style 30 Recessed QR* QR* QR* SR* SR* SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR NOTES • QR = Quick Response • SR = Standard Response • N/A = Not Applicable • Does not apply to Upright K=14.0 TABLEB SENSITIVITY RATING FOR UL AND C-UL LISTING OF SERIES EC-11 OR EC-14 SPRINKLERS (SEE TABLED FOR PERMITTED K-FACTOR I AREA COMBINATIONS) TFP220 Page 4 of 8 Linear Spacing ft Min Max 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 Linear Spacing ft Min Max 10 20 10 20 10 16 Linear Spacing ft Min Max 10 16 10 20 10 16 NOTES Area Spacing Ceiling Height ft ft Min Max 100 400 Up to 30 100 400 Up to 30 100 400 Up to 30 100 400 Up to 30 100 400 Over 30 and up to 45 Area Spacing Ceiling Height ft ft Min Max 100 400 Up to 30 100 400 Up to 30 100 256 Over30 and upto 45 Area Spacing Ceiling Height ft ft Min Max 100 256 Up to 30 100 400 Up to 30 100 256 Over 30 and upto 45 HC-1 Ceiling Type K-factor Style Response Noncombustible Unobstructed, 11 .2 EC Pendent or Noncombustible Obstructed, or 14.0 EC Upright Combustible Unobstructed Noncombustible Unobstructed, 11 .2 EC Pendent Noncombustible Obstructed, or 14.0 EC Recessed Combustible Unobstructed Style 30 Combustible Obstructed 11 .2 EC Pendent or 14.0 EC Upright Quick 11 .2EC Pendent Combustible Obstructed 14.0 EC Recessed Style 30 Noncombustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC Upright 14.0 EC HC-2 Ceiling Type K-factor Style Response 11.2 EC Pendent or Upright Noncombustible Unobstructed, 14.0 EC Pendent or Upright Quick Combustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC 14.0 Upright EC HC-3 Ceiling Type K-Factor Style Response 11 .2 EC Upright 14.0 EC Pendent or Noncombustible Unobstructed, Upright Quick Combustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC, Upright 14.0 EC • The design for K 11.2 EC (K 160 EC) sprinklers should not include fewer than six sprinklers or have a design pressure of less than 12 psi (0,8 bar); similarly the design for K 14.0 EC (K 200 EC)sprinklers should not include fewer than four sprinklers or have a design pressure of less than 18 psi (1,2 bar). . For flow criteria, refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 3-26 . . Refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-0 for permitted K-Factor/Area Combinations . TABLEC SENSITIVITY RATING FOR FM APPROVAL OF SERIES EC-11 OR EC-14 SPRINKLERS UL and C-UL Specific Application Listing Requirements for Installation under Concrete Tees Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers (TY5137, TY5237, TY6137 and TY6237) have a UL and C-UL Specific Applica- tion Listing for use under concrete tees when installed as follows: 1. Stems of the concrete tee con- struction must be spaced at less than 7.5 ft (2,3 m) on center but more than 3 ft (0,9 m) on center. The depth of the concrete tees must not exceed 30 in. (762 mm). The maxi- mum permitted concrete tee length is 32 ft (9,8 m). However, where the concrete tee length exceeds 32 ft (9,8 m), non-combustible baffles, equal in height to the depth of the tees, can be installed so that the space between the tees does not exceed 32 ft (9,8 m) in length. 2. The sprinkler deflectors are to be located in a horizontal plane at or above 1 in. (25,4 mm) below the bottom of the concrete tee stems. 3. When the sprinkler deflectors are located higher than a horizontal plane 1 in. (25,4 mm) beneath the bottom of the concrete tee stems, the obstruction to sprinkler dis- charge criteria requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage upright and pendent sprinklers applies. Light Hazard Area 0.10 GPM/ft2 Description ft X ft GPM PSI 14x 14 30 7.2 TY5137 16 X 16 30 7.2 (K=11.2) Upright 18 X 18 33 8.7 20x20 40 12.8 14 X 14 30 7.2 TY5237 16 X 16 30 7.2 (K=11.2) Pendent 18 X 18 33 8.7 20x20 40 12.8 14x 14 N/A N/A TY6137 16 X 16 N/A N/A (K=14.0) Upright 18 X 18 N/A N/A 20x20 N/A N/A 14 X 14 37 7.0 TY6237 16 X 16 37 7.0 (K=14.0) Pendent 18x 18 37 7.0 20x20 40 8.2 NOTES • 1 ft = 0,3048 m • 1 112 = 0,093 m2 • 1 GPM = 3,785 LPM • 1 psi = 0,06895 bar • 1 GPM/ft2 = 40,74 mm/min TABLED Group I Ordinary Hazard 0.15 GPM/ft2 GPM PSI 30 7.2 39 12.1 49 19.1 60 28.7 30 7.2 39 12.1 49 19.1 60 28.7 39 7.8 39 7.8 49 12.3 60 18.4 39 7.8 39 7.8 49 12.3 60 18.4 TFP220 Page 5 of 8 Group II Ordinary Hazard 0.20 GPM/ft2 GPM PSI 39 12.1 51 20.7 65 33.7 80 51.0 39 12.1 51 20.7 65 33.7 80 51.0 51 13.3 51 13.3 65 21.6 80 32.7 51 13.3 51 13.3 65 21.6 80 32.7 FLOW CRITERIA FOR UL AND C-UL LISTING OF SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 SPRINKLERS FM Approval Requirements Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprin- klers are to be installed in accor- dance with the applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet for limited use in buildings of specific roof construc- tion and for the protection of certain specific ordinary hazard (non-storage and/or non-flammable or combustible liquid) occupancies. Information pro- vided in the FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets relates to, but is not limited to, hydraulic design, ceiling slope, and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector-to- ceiling distance. These criteria may differ from UL and/or NFPA criteria. Therefore, the designer should review and become familiar with FM requirements before proceeding with design. Installation TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1 ,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141 °C) tempera- ture ratings. A leak-tight 3/4 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a min- imum-to-maximum torque of 10 to 20 lb-ft (13,4 to 26,8 N ·m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- eon Plate by under or over-tightening the Sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install the sprinkler with the deflector parallel to the mounting surface. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprinklers in the upright position . Step 2. After installing the Style 30, 40, or 60 mounting plate, or other applica- ble escutcheon, over the sprinkler pipe threads and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. For upright or pendent sprin- klers, wrench-tighten using only the W-Type 3 (End A) Sprinkler Wrench . For the pendent sprinkler installed with Style 30, 40, or 60 Escutcheon, wrench-tighten the sprinkler using only the W-Type 22 Sprinkler Wrench. Apply the wrench recess of the appli- cable sprinkler wrench, Figure 5 and 6, to the sprinkler wrench flats, Figure 1. ~ TFP220 Page 6 of 8 CLOSURE TY5237 or TY6237 FIGURE2 1/8" (3,2mm) 1-3/8' (34,9 mm) 1-1/8' (28,6 mm) SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 112 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING: 3/8' (9,5 mm) ABOVE TO 1/8" (3,2 mm) BELOW 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4' DIA. (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE II ' .. -,'(-----)--Jl_'__I ESCUTCHEON PLATE =1:::~'-, SEATING SURFACE: rn::l=='1i 1/4" (6,4 mm) ABOVE TO 1/2' (12,7 mm) BELOW MOUNTING SURFACE; 3/4' (19, 1 mm) TOTAL ADJUSTMENT FIGURE4 5/8±1/4" (15,9±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING \ MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE 2-7/8' DIA. ~ (73,o mm) 3/4" (19, 1 mm) 2-1/4" DIA ~ 1/4" (6,4 mm) (57,2 mm) nM~~~NG i==;Qp,,!,14~ TY5237 or TY6237 FIGURE3 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1-3/8' (34,9 mm) 7/8" (22,2 mm) SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON INTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF STYLE60ESCUTCHEON ACCOMMODATE CLASS 150 MALLEABLE IRON REDUCING SPRINKLER FITTING 1/8" (3,2 mm) t MOUNTING SURFACE I 2-5/16" (58,7 mm) 1-13/16' (46,0 mm) "FITTING SIDE' TOWARDS SPRINKLER FITTING ~~\ ~ WRENCH "/ RECESS (END "A') FIGURES W-TYPE 3 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS ~_.., --- SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH 3/4 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 60 TWO-PIECE FLUSH ESCUTCHEON I I I ::::i-----..._ WRENCH HEX FIGURE6 W-TYPE 22 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH P/N 51 -XXX -X -XXX I SIN SPRINKLER FINISH1 893 11.2K Pendent TY5237 1 NATURAL BRASS 894 11 .2K Upright TY5137 SIGNAL WHITE 4 (RAL9003) POLYESTER 895 14.0K Pendent TY6237 JET BLACK tAL9005) 5 POLYE TER 896 14.0K Upright TY6137 7 LEAD COATED 9 CHROME-PLATED NOTES: 1. Escutcheon ordered separately. 2. OPEN indicates the sprinkler assembly without glass bulb, button, and sealing assembly. TABLEE 135 155 175 200 286 000 TFP220 Page 7 of 8 TEMPERATURE RATING 135°F (57°G) 155°F (68°G) 175°F (79°G) 200°F (93°G) 286°F (141°G) OPEN2 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS Care and Maintenance TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must PART NUMBER SELECTION be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. Refer to the Instal- lation section, for more information. Frequent visual inspections are rec- ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprin- klers, after the installation has been completed, to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of inspecting from the floor level, a random sampling of close-up visual inspections should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condition and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive conditions present. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this doc- ument, as well as with the applicable standards recognized by the Approval agency, such as NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series EC-11 or EC-14 (specify) Sprinkler, SIN (specify), (specify) K-factor, Pendent or Upright (specify) Extended Coverage, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, PIN (from Table E) Recessed Escutcheon, Two-Piece Specify: Style (30 or 40) Two-Piece Recessed Escutcheon with (specify) finish, P/N (specify*) ·Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Flush Escutcheon, Two-Piece Specify: Style 60 Two-Piece Flush Escutcheon with (specify) finish, PI N (specify**) ··Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP778 Sprinkler Wrenches Specify: W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-895-1-001 Specify: W-Type 22 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-665-7-001 TFP220 Page 8 of 8 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 / Telephone +1-215-362-0700 0 201lil Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision data and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA en registered tr11demarb of National Fire Prot&etlon Asaoclatlon; TEFLON is I registered tl'lldemark of DuPont Johnson ~j, Controls 1:qca Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Series RFII -5.6 K-factor Royal Flush II Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response, Extended Coverage General Description The TYCO Series RFII, 5.6 K-fac- tor, Royal Flush Concealed Pendent Sprinklers, (TY3532), Quick Response, Extended Coverage, Light Hazard (ECLH) are decorative, 3 mm bulb- type sprinklers featuring a flat cover plate designed to conceal the sprinkler. These sprinklers are optimal for archi- tecturally sensitive areas such as hotel lobbies, office buildings, churches, and restaurants. The Series RFII sprinklers are intended for use in automatic sprinkler systems designed in accordance with standard installation rules (e.g., NFPA 13). The fast-response thermal sensitivity rating of the Series RFII (TY3532) provides for a quick response, extended coverage (QREC) rating up to a 20 ft x 20 ft cov- erage area. Each sprinkler includes a Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly and a Sprinkler/ Support Cup Assembly. The separa- ble, two-piece assembly design pro- vides the following benefits: • Allows installation of the sprinklers and pressure testing of the fire pro- tection system prior to installation of a suspended ceiling or application of the finish coating to a fixed ceiling. • Permits the removal of suspended ceiling panels for access to building service equipment without having to first shut down the fire protection system and remove sprinklers. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 4 • Provides for 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of ver- tical adjustment to allow a measure of flexibility in determining the length of fixed piping to cut for the sprin- kler drops. The Series RFII Sprinklers are shipped with a Disposable Protective Cap. The Protective Cap is temporarily removed during installation and replaced to help protect the sprinkler during ceiling installation or finish. The tip of the Pro- tective Cap can be used to mark the center of the ceiling hole into plaster board or ceiling tiles by gently pushing the ceiling product against the Pro- tective Cap. When ceiling installa- tion is complete, the Protective Cap is removed and the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly is installed. lti•JiGli The Series RF/I Concealed Pendent Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the appli- cable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having Jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SINJ TY3532 SEPTEMBER 2018 Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed NYC Approved under MEA 177-03-E (The listings apply only to the service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria section.) Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Discharge Coefficient K = 5.6 GPM/psi½ (80,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler-139°F (59°C) Plate 200°F (93°C) Sprinkler-165°F (74°C) Plate Adjustment 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) Finishes See the Ordering Procedure section Physical Characteristics Frame ............................ Bronze Support Cup .................. Plated Steel Guide Pins .................. Stainless Steel Deflector .......................... Bronze Compression Screw ................. Brass Bulb .............................. Glass Cap ..................... Bronze or Copper Sealing Assembly . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Cover Plate ......................... Brass Retainer ........................... Brass Ejection Spring ............... Stainless Steel TFP260 TFP260 Page 2 of 4 Design Criteria The TYCO Series RFII, 5.6 K-factor, Royal Flush Concealed Pendent Sprin- klers (TY3532) are UL and C-UL Listed for use in light hazard occupancies, using the design criteria in Table A, in addition to the requirements specified in the current NFPA 13 for extended coverage pendent sprinklers. The Series RFII Concealed Pendent Sprinklers are only listed and approved with the Series RFII Concealed Cover Plates with a factory-applied finish. 14•ii@i Do not use the Series RF/I in applications where the air pressure above the ceiling is greater than that below. Down drafts through the Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Operation When exposed to heat from a fire, the Cover Plate, normally soldered to the Retainer at three points, falls away to expose the Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly. The Deflector -supported by the Guide Pins -then drops down to its operational position. The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, activating the sprinkler and allowing water to flow. Installation The TYCO Series RFII, 5.6 K-factor, Royal Flush Concealed Pendent Sprin- klers, (TY3532) must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1 /16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 155°F (68°C) and 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 200°F (93°C) tempera- ture ratings. Obtain a 1/2 in . NPT sprinkler joint by applying a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N•m). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. 1/2" NPT FRAME SUPPORT CUP WITH ROLL FORMED THREADS GUIDE PINS(2) DEFLECTOR THREAD INTO SUPPORT CUP UNTIL MOUNTING SURFACE IS FLUSH WITH CEILING SOLDER 7 TABS(3) RESPONSE RATING QUICK QUICK QUICK SEALING ASSEMBLY CAP BULB -'c---;----;-----!;--COMPRESSION SCREW ' i DEFLECTOR , , , , , (DROPPED c =--J _ ~---_-_-_-_-J _ ~--= ,-------r POSITION) SPRINKLER/SUPPORT CUP ASSEMBLY 0 0 COVER PLATE/RETAINER ASSEMBLY FIGURE 1 RETAINER WITH THREAD DIMPLES EJECTION SPRING ~L COVER PLATE SERIES RF/I CONCEALED SPRINKLER SPACING MINIMUM FLOW/PRESSURE 16ftx16ft 26.0 GPM / 21.6 PSI (4,9 m x 4,9 m) (98,4 LPM / 1,49 BAR) 18ftx 18ft 33.0 GPM / 34.7 PSI (5,5 m x 5,5 m) (124,9 LPM / 2,39 BAR) 20 ft X 20 ft 40.0 GPM / 51 PSI (6,1 m x 6,1 m) (151,4 LPM / 3,52 BAR) TABLE A SERIES RF/I {TY3532) 155°F (68°C) AND 200°F (93°C) CONCEALED SPRINKLER HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Sprinkler by under-or over-tightening the Sprin- kler/Support Cup Assembly. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install the sprinkler only in the pendent position with the centerline of the sprinkler perpendicular to the mounting surface. Step 2. Remove the Protective Cap. Step 3. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 4. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler using only the RFII Sprinkler Wrench shown in Figure 3. Apply the RFII Sprin- kler Wrench to the Sprinkler as shown in the figure. FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER SUPPORT CUP ASSEMBLY 1/2' (12,7 mm) THREADED D ADJUSTMENT FACE OF CEILING, RETAINING RING MOUNTING SURFACE 3/16' to 11/16' (4,8 to 17,5 mm) REFERENCE COVER PLATE PROFILE DEPTH DIMENSION B CLEARANCE HOLE DIAMETER DIMENSION C ' ' I I I I I I c. -=-~-~---_-_-T-----~-'.:r-=-~ .::i MANUFACTURER PRESET GAP 3/32' (2,4 mm) DEFLECTOR IN DROPPED POSITION COVER PLATE DIAMETER DIMENSION A COVER PLATE RETAINER ASSEMBLY A: 3-1/4 inches (82,6 mm) C: 2-3/8 to 2-5/8 inches (60,3 to 66,7 mm) 8: 3/16 inches (4,8 mm) D: 1-3/4 to 2-1/4 inches (44,5 to 57,2 mm) FIGURE2 SERIES RFII CONCEALED SPRINKLER INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 0 FRAME ARM SUPPORT CUP 7/8' (23 mm) SQUARE ALIGN ARROWS WITH FRAME ARMS ACCEPTS 1/2" SOCKET DRIVE FIGURE3 RFII SPRINKLER WRENCH CLEARANCE HOLE TFP260 Page 3 of 4 FIGURE4 DISPOSABLE PROTECTIVE CAP Step 5. Replace the Protective Cap by pushing it upwards until it bottoms out against the Support Cup. (Ref. Figure 4.) The Protective Cap helps prevent damage to the Deflector and Frame Arms when installing or finishing the ceiling. You can also use it to locate the center of the clearance hole by gently pushing the ceiling material up against the center point of the Protective Cap. •t1(•Ji@j As long as the Protective Cap remains in place, the system is considered "Out of Service". Step 6. After the ceiling has been completed with the 2-1/2 in . (63,5 mm) diameter clearance hole and in prep- aration for installing the Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly, remove and discard the Protective Cap. Verify that the Deflector moves up and down freely. If the Sprinkler is damaged and the Deflector does not move up and down freely, replace the entire Sprinkler. Do not attempt to modify or repair a damaged sprinkler. Step 7. Screw on the Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly until its flange makes contact with the ceiling. Do not continue to screw on the Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly so that it lifts a ceiling panel out of its normal position. If you cannot engage the Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly with the Support Cup or you cannot engage the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly sufficiently to contact the ceiling, you must reposition the Sprinkler Fitting. TFP260 Page 4 of 4 Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series RFII, 5.6 K-factor, Royal Flush Concealed Pendent Sprin- klers, (TY3532) must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protec- tion system from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly can delay sprinkler opera- tion in a fire situation. When properly installed, there is a nominal 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) air gap between the lip of the Cover Plate and the ceiling, as shown in Figure 2. This air gap is necessary for proper oper- ation of the sprinkler. If the ceiling requires repainting after sprinkler instal- lation, ensure that the new paint does not seal off any of the air gap. Do not pull the Cover Plate relative to the Enclosure. Separation may result. Replace sprinklers that are leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion. Never repaint, plate, coat, or otherwise alter automatic sprinklers after they leave the factory. Never repaint fac- tory-painted Cover Plates. If neces- sary, replace them with factory-painted units. Non-factory applied paint can adversely delay or prevent sprinkler operation in the event of a fire. Replace modified or over-heated sprinklers. Exercise care to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Replace sprinklers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twisting, wrench slipping, or the like. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. Refer to the Installation Section. If you must remove a sprinkler, do not reinstall it or a replacement without reinstalling the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly. If a Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly becomes dislodged during service, replace it immediately. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION -for example, NFPA 25 - in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national code. 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly Specify: Series RFII Royal Flush Con- cealed Pendent Sprinkler, TY3532, (specify) temperature rating, P/N (specify): 1ss°F (6s0c1 TY3532 ...................... 51-794-1-155 200°F(93°CI TY3532 ... . .. 51-794-1-200 Separately Ordered Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly Specify: (temperature rating, listed below) Series RFII Concealed Cover Plate with (finish), P/N (specify): 1a9°F 1s9•c1••> Grey White (RAL9002) .......... 56-792-0-135 Brass ....................... 56-792-1-135 Pure White''1 (RAL9010) ......... 56-792-3-135 Signal White (RAL9003) ..... 56-792-4-135 Jet Black (RAL9005) ........... 56-792-6-135 Chrome ...................... 56-792-9-135 Custom ...................... 56-792-X-135 165°F (74°C)lb) Grey White (RAL9002) .......... 56-792-0-165 Brass ....................... 56-792-1-165 Pure Whitel0l (RAL9010) ......... 56-792-3-165 Signal White (RAL9003) ......... 56-792-4-165 Jet Black (RAL9005) . . . ...... 56-792-6-165 Chrome ...................... 56-792-9-165 Custom ...................... 58-792-X-165 a. For use with 155°F (68°C) sprinklers b. For use with 200°F (93°C) sprinklers c. Eastern Hemisphere sales only Sprinkler Wrench Specify: RFII Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-1-075 0 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specilic:ation■ and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson ~Jg, Controls NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCtATION and NFPA ..-. regiatar.ct trademarks of National Fire Protection Asaocla.tlon; TEFLON Is a registered trademar1c of DuPont 1:qca BLAZEMASTER CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe & Fittings Submittal Sheet General Description TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced by Johnson Controls are designed exclusively for use in wet pipe automatic fire sprinkler systems. The TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are produced from BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound that is a specially developed thermoplastic compound composed of post chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) resin and state of the art addi- tives. TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are easier to install than traditional steel pipe systems, and at the same time, provide superior heat resistance and strength as compared to traditional CPVC and PVC piping materials used in the plumbing trade. Various adapt- ers are available to connect CPVC pipe to metallic piping. All female pipe thread adapters have brass inserts for durability. Grooved adapters connect directly to grooved end valves and metallic pipe, with flexible grooved end couplings. •¢Mi@◄ The CPVC Pipe and Fittings produced with BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Page 1 of 2 Technical Data Sizes 3/4 Inch to 3 Inch Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved LPCB Approved NSF Certified MEA Approved (Refer to Installation Handbook IH-1900 dated April 2016 for exact listing/approval information.) Manufacture Source U.S.A. Material Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5 Fittings: ASTM F438 (Sch. 40) ASTM F439 (Sch. 80) ASTM F1970 Color Orange AUGUST 2018 Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Installation TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be to be installed in accordance with Installation Handbook IH-1900. TFP1915 TFP1915 Page 2 of 2 Care and Maintenance TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or main- tenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all person- nel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspec- tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de-vices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national codes. l..imited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 e 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Flre Protection Association; BLAZEMASTER Is a trademark of The Lubrizol Corporation Johnson f Jg, Controls BlazeMaster® FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS BlazeMaster® Fire Protection Systems Sample Specifications -United States* PART 1 -GENERAL 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION BlazeMaster® CPVC fire sprinkler pipe and fittings are extruded/molded from CPVC compounds manufactured by Lubrizol Advanced Materials. The pipe and fitting compounds shall meet cell class 23547 and 24447, respectively, as defined by ASTM Dl 784, and shall be certified by NSF International for use with potable water. Both pipe and fitting compounds shall be pressure rated by Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI). 1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM F442 material designation CPVC 4120-06 in standard dimension ratio (SOR) 13.5. Additionally, the pipe must be marked with the following pressure ratings: "320 PSI@ 73° F", "175 PSI@ 150° F" and "100 PSI@ 180° F". B. Fittings shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM F437 (schedule 80 threaded), ASTM F438 (schedule 40 socket) and ASTM F439 (schedule 80 socket). C. Both pipe and fittings shall be Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in wet automatic fire sprinkler systems and shall bear the logo of the Listing Agency. See UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory, categories VIWT and HFYH. D. Ancillary products coming into contact with pipe and fittings must be chemically compatible as determined by CPVC pipe and fittings manufacturer or compound manufacturer, and thus Listed on pipe, fittings or compound manufacturer's chemical compatibility program (i.e. FGG/BM/CZ™ System Compatible Program). 1.2 SOL VENT CEMENT A. All socket type joints shall be made up employing solvent cements that meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM F493. The standard practice for safe handling of solvent cements shall be in accordance with ASTM F402. Solvent cement shall be certified by NSF International for use with potable water, and approved by the manufacturers. The solvent cements shall be compatible with their CPVC pipe and fittings. B. Follow manufacturer's instructions for set and cure times for solvent cement joints. Avoid significant stresses during set and cure times. Do not apply any stress that will disturb an un-dried joint. Sprinkler fittings shall be allowed to cure in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines and the contractor shall assure the outlets are clear of any excess cement prior to installing sprinklers. 1.3 BASIC USE CPVC pipe and fittings shall be listed by UL and also either ULC or C-UL for use in: A. Light Hazard Occupancies as defmed by NFP A 13. B. Ordinary hazard rooms of otherwise light hazard occupancies where the room does not exceed C. Residential Occupancies up to four stories in height as defined by NFP A l 3R. D. One and two family dwellings and manufactured homes as defmed by NFPA 13D. E. Air handling (plenum) spaces as defmed by NFP A 90A. F. Underground water pressure service as defined by NFPA 24. G. Maximum design temperature/pressure rating shall not be less thanl 75 psi at 150°F. H. Refer to UL and FM** (ifapplicable). I. Refer to CPVC pipe and fitting manufacturers' installation instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Contractor Training Certificates for Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Fire Sprinkler Systems. Fire Sprinkler Contractor must submit to the Contracting Officer documentation that lists personnel assigned to this project prior to beginning construction who have successfully completed formal CPVC fire sprinkler systems training conducted by an authorized CPVC manufacturer's representative. The Contractor Training Certificates shall be specific to the manufacturer of the pipe and fittings. Personnel's training certificates must be current and have been updated within the past two (2) years. (Note: this training does not imply compliance with any local or state contractor certification or licensing laws.) PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.0 MATERIAL The piping systems (pipe and fittings) shall be constructed from materials extruded/molded by manufacturers using the same compound manufacturer (i.e. BlazeMaster® CPVC compound). 2.1 MANUFACTURERS □ Georg Fischer Harvel, Kuebler Rd., PO Box 757 Easton, PA 18044. Phone (610) 252-7355. FAX (610) 253-4436. D NIBCO INC. 1516 Middlebury Street Elkhart, IN 46516. Phone (574) 295-3000. FAX (574) 295-3307. □ Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products 451 N. Cannon Avenue Lansdale, PA 19446. Phone (215) 362-0700. FAX (215) 362-5385. □ The Viking Corporation 210 N. Industrial Park Drive Hastings, MI 49058. Phone (269) 945-9501. FAX (269) 945-4495. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.0 SYSTEM DESIGN A. System design shall be in accordance with standard industry practice for fire sprinkler systems and the manufacturer's instructions. The design shall take into consideration such factors as pressure and flow requirements, friction loss, operating temperatures, support spacing, joining methods, and thermal expansion and contraction. B. The fire sprinkler piping system shall be hydraulically calculated using a Hazen-Williams C Factor of 150, and designed in accordance with the Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13 . C. The maximum design temperature/pressure rating shall not exceed 175 psi at 150°F. 3.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES Installation practices such as pipe support spacing, bracing, allowance for thermal expansion/contraction, solvent cementing and handling and storage shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the UL Listing which includes installation limitations. 3.2 LIMITATIONS BlazeMaster® CPVC pipe and fittings are intended for use at a maximum working pressure of 175 psi at 150°F in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and appropriate listing agencies. 3.3 TECHNICAL DATA A. APPLICABLE STANDARDS a. ANSI/NSF Standard 14 Plastic Piping Components and Related Materials b. ANSI/NSF Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects c. ASTM Dl 784 Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC) Compounds d. ASTM F402 Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers and Cleaners Used for Joining Thermoplastics Pipe and Fittings e. ASTM F437 Specification for Threaded Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) CPVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 f. ASTM F438 Specification Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) CPVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 g. ASTM F439 Specification Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) CPVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 h. ASTM F442 Specification Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) CPVC Plastic Pipe (SDRPR) i. ASTM F493 Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) CPVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings j . NFPA 13 Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems k. NFP A 24 Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances 1. NFPA 25 Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Extinguishing Systems m. NFPA 13R Standard for Installation of Sprinklers in Residential Occupancies up to Four Stories in Height n. NFPA 13D Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One and Two Family Dwellings o. NFPA 90A Standard for Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems p. UL 1887 Fire Test of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Flame and Smoke Characterization q. UL 1821 Outline of Proposed Investigation for Thermoplastic Sprinkler Pipe and Fittings for Fire Protection Service r. Piping compound has a 180°F Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of 1250 psi as listed by the Plastic Pipe Institute s. Fitting compound has a l 80°F Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of 1000 psi as listed by the Plastic Pipe Institute B. APPLICABLE CODES a. ICC, International Building, Mechanical and Plumbing Codes b. IAPMO, Uniform Mechanical and Plumbing Codes c. NBC, National Building Code of Canada 3.4 TESTING After the system is installed and any solvent cement is cured per the manufacturer's installation instructions, the systems shall be hydrostatically tested per the requirements of the applicable NFP A Standard (NFPA 13 , 13R or 13D). 3.5 MAINTENANCE Maintenance shall be in accordance with the Standard for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Extinguishing Systems as defined by NFP A 25. 3.6 WARRANTY Consult the manufacturer for specific warranty information. * Not intended to be a stand alone specification. The above specifications are to be added within your company's standard fire sprinkler systems specifications to specify the use of BlazeMaster® CPVC pipe and fittings. ** As manufactured by Georg Fischer Harvel, NIBCO, Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products, and The Viking Corporation August 2014 ~ULL]V[OOSE' TUBE APPROVALS AND SPECIFICATIONS • ASTM A135, Grade A • ASTM A 795, Type E, Grade A • Pressure rated to 300 psi • Underwriters Laboratories- United States of America • Underwriters Laboratories-Canada • Factory Mutual • NFPA-13 • NFPA-13R • NFPA-14 • CIVIL DEFENSE APPROVAL- United Arab Emirates • Made in the United States of America • UL, ULC & FM listed for roll-groove, plain-end and welded joints for wet, dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems. • LEED v4 Certified Nominal Pipe Size (inches) 1-1/4" O.D. (In) 1.660 I.D. (In) 1.530 Empty Wellbt (lb/ft) 1.222 water Flied Wellllt (lb/ft) 2.019 C.R.R.* 1.98 Pieces per Uft 61 EDDY FLOW SPRINKLER PIPE SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET FINISHES AND COATINGS • Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe receives an OD mill coating of water-based paint which has corrosion protection expected with a painted carbon steel product, i.e. it would be expected to resist corrosion for an extended and indefinite period in a clean and dry environment and, as environmental conditions deteriorate, the corrosion protection would also diminish. • Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe (black) receives an ID mill coating of Eddy Guard II MIC preventative coating. EG2 has been tested at independent laboratories to resist bacterial growth and maintain minimal bacterial count after multiple flushes (25) of the pipe. • Eddy Flow Sprinkler Pipe when Hot Dip Galvanized by ASTM A 123 and supplied by Bull Moose Tube is UL listed and FM approved. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION • Every length of Bull Moose fire sprinkler pipe features large, easy-to- read, continuous stenciling, clearly identifying the manufacturer, type of pipe, size, and length. 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 1.728 2.203 2.705 3.334 4.310 1.844 2.330 2.809 3.361 4.968 2.860 3.982 5.299 7.144 11.290 3.44 2.78 1.66 1.00 1.00 61 37 30 19 19 *Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY SUBMITTAL INFORMATION Project Contractor Engineer '--------------------------------------~ Specification Reference '-------------------------------------____.-/ Date System Type Locations Comments Q Eddy Flow -Black ( ) Eddy Flow -Hot Dip Galvanized EIULLJV[OOSETUBE.COM I ~ - I !ii - ~ULL]V[OOSE' T UBE APPROVALS AND SPECIFICATIONS • ASTM A135, Grade A • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A • Pressure rated to 300 psi • Underwriters Laboratories- United States of America • Underwriters Laboratories-Canada • Factory Mutual • NFPA-13 • NFPA-13R • NFPA-14 • CIVIL DEFENSE APPROVAL- United Arab Emirates • Made in the United States of America • UL, ULC & FM listed for roll-groove, plain-end and welded joints for wet, dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems. • LEED v4 Certified __ ,, .• ,...,.t111· O.D.(ln) 1.315 LD. (I ) 1.097 E-,WIIOt(l~/ft) 1.410 WaterAINWIIOt (l~/ft) 1.800 LI.I.* 15.27 Plecls 1111' lift 91 O.D. (II) 1.315 I.D.(111) 1.049 EmptyWIIOt(ll/ft) 1.680 Wata'Flled WIIOt (8'/ft) 2.055 C.1.1.* 1.00 Pieces 1111' lift 70 1.660 1.442 1.810 2.518 9.91 61 1.660 1.380 2.270 2.918 1.00 51 SCHEDULE 10 & 40 SPRINKLER PIPE SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET FINISHES AND COATINGS • Schedule 10 & 40 Sprinkler Pipe receives an OD mill coating of water-based paint which has corrosion protection expected with a painted carbon steel product, i.e. it would be expected to resist corrosion for an extended and indefinite period in a clean and dry environment and, as environmental conditions deteriorate, the corrosion protection would also diminish. • Schedule 10 & 40 Sprinkler Pipe (black) receives an ID mill coating of Eddy Guard II MIC preventative coating. EG2 has been tested at independent laboratories to resist bacterial growth and maintain minimal bacterial count after multiple flushes (25) of the pipe. • Schedule 10 & 40 Sprinkler Pipe when Hot Dip Galvanized by ASTM A 123 and supplied by Bull Moose Tube is UL listed and FM approved. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION • Every length of Bull Moose fire sprinkler pipe features large, easy-to- read, continuous stenciling, clearly identifying the manufacturer, type of pipe, size, and length. 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 6.625 1.682 2.157 2.635 3.260 4.260 6.357 2.090 2.640 3.530 4.340 5.620 9.290 3.053 4.223 5.893 7.957 11.796 23.038 7.76 6.27 4.92 3.54 2.50 1.158 61 37 30 19 19 10 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 4.026 2.720 3.660 5.800 7.580 10.800 3.602 5.114 7.875 10.783 16.316 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 44 30 30 19 19 :--- 8.625 8.249 16.940 40.086 1.805 7 *Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY **Not Eddy Guard II treated SUBMITTAL INFORMATION Project Contractor Engineer Specification Reference ----------------------------------------------../ Date System Type Locations Comments Q Schedule 10 -Black ,,,--Schedule 10 -Hot Dip Galvanized Q Schedule 40 -Black f ) Schedule 40 -Hot Dip Galvanized BULLJV[DDSETUBE.CDM Firelock® Butterfly Valve Series 705 with Weatherproof Actuator 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION • Available Sizes: 2 -12"/50 -300 mm • cU Lus Listed , LPCB Listed, FM and VdS Approved for service up to 300 psi/2068 kPa /20 bar. • Designed for fire protection services only. • Features a weatherproof actuator housing Approved for indoor and outdoor use. • Actuation options: Hand wheel (2 -12"/50 -300 mm) ~taulic' 10.81 • Exclusively for use with pipe and Victaulic products which feature ends formed with the Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS) groove profile (see section 7.0 for Reference Materials). 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c®us <S> ~ ILPCB I @ USTED G410001 104j/04 NOTES • Refer to Victaulic submittal publication 10.01 for details ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ~taulic' victaulic.com 2.1 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 705 Butterfly Valve Size cULus FM Vds LPCB 2 up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa so 2½ up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 65 76.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 3 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 80 4 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 100 5 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 125 139.7mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 6 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 150 165.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 8 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 200 10 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 250 12 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 300 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS -MATERIAL Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 End Face, 2 -6"/50 -150 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Seal Retainer, 8 -12"/200 -300 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Body Coating: Black alkyd enamel Disc: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with electroless nickel coating conforming to ASTM B-733 Seat: Grade "E" EPDM Stems: 416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582 Stem Seal Cartridge: C36000 brass Bearings: Stainless steel with TFE lining Stem Seals: EPDM Stem Retaining Ring: Carbon steel Actuator: 2 -8"/50 -200 mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing 10 -12"/250 -300 mm: Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ~taulic' victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Series 705 Size Dimensions Actual Outside E to E DIA Nominal Diameter A B C D E F G H J inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 2 2.375 4.25 2.28 6.41 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12 --60.3 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8 2½ 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 --73 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 76.1mm 3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 --4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 76.1 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 3 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77 --88.9 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0 108mm 4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 --5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 4 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 --114.3 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 133mm 5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 --6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 139.7mm 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 --6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6 5 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 --1.41.3 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 159mm 6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 -0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 165.1mm 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 -0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 6 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90 -168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3 8 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33 219.1 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2 10 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00 -273 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6 12 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00 -323.9 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58.4 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6 NOTE • Optional ½"/15 mm tap available. Contact Victaulic for details. 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ~t.aulic" victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Series 705 The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/meters of straight pipe. Nominal Outside Equivalent Size Diameter mm mm Feet/m inches inches of pipe 2 2.375 6 50 60.3 1.8 2½ 2.875 6 65 73.0 1.8 76.1 mm 3.000 6 76.1 1.8 3 3.500 7 80 88.9 2.1 4 4.500 8 100 114.3 2.4 108mm 108mm 8 2.4 5 5.563 12 125 141.3 3.7 133mm 133mm 12 3.7 139.7mm 5.500 12 139.7 3.7 6 6.625 14 150 168.3 4.2 159mm 159mm 14 4.3 165.1 mm 6.500 14 165.1 4.2 8 8.625 16 200 219.1 4.9 10 10.750 18 250 273.0 5.5 12 12.750 19 300 323.9 5.8 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ~taulic' victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Series 705 Cv values for flow of water at +60°F/+l6°C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details, contact Victaulic. Formulas for Cv values Formulas for Kv values L\P = 02 Where: L\P = 02 Where: c2 Q = Flow (GPM) K} Q = Flow (m3/hr) V Q=Cv xJiP L\P = Pressure Drop (psi) L\P = Pressure Drop (Bar) Cv = Flow Coefficient O=Kv x» Kv = Flow Coefficient Valve Size Full Open Valve Size Actual Actual Nominal Outside Nominal Outside Full Open Size Diameter Flow Coefficient Size Diameter Flow Coefficient inches inches CV inches inches Ky mm mm mm mm 2 2.375 170 50 60.3 2 2.375 147 50 60.3 2½ 2.875 260 65 73.0 2½ 2.875 225 65 73.0 76.1mm 3.000 260 76.1 76.1 mm 3.000 225 76.1 3 3.500 440 80 88.9 3 3.500 380 80 88.9 4 4.500 820 100 114.3 4 4.500 710 100 114.3 108mm 108mm 820 108mm 108mm 710 5 5.563 1200 125 141.3 5 5.563 1040 125 141.3 133mm 133mm 1200 133mm 133mm 1040 139.7mm 5.500 1200 139.7 139.7mm 5.500 1040 139.7 6 6.625 1800 150 168.3 6 6.625 1560 150 168.3 159mm 159mm 1800 159mm 159mm 1560 165.1 mm 6.500 1800 165.1 165.1 mm 6.500 1560 165.1 8 8.625 3400 200 219.1 8 8.625 2940 200 219.1 10 10.750 5800 250 273.0 10 10.750 5020 250 273.0 12 12.750 9000 300 323.9 12 12.750 7790 300 323.9 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ~taulic' victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS • • • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Switch and Wiring 1. The supervisory switch contains two single pole, double throw, pre-wired switches. 2. Switches are rated: 10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps @ 125 voe 0.25 amps @ 250 voe 3. Switches supervise the valve in the "OPEN" position. 5. One switch has two #18 insulated wires per terminal, which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below). The second switch has one #18 insulated wire per terminal. This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed. 6. A #14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided. Switch #1 = Sl For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch #2 = S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction Normally Closed: (2) Blue Common: (2) Yellow Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT SWITCH CONTACT RATING: l0A AT 12S AND 25CNAC, 0.SA AT 125 VDC, 025 AT 250 VDC VOLTAGE SOURCE NOTES Switch 1: 2 leads per terminal Switch 2: 1 lead per terminal WIRE NUTS TO END-OF-LINE RESISTOR, OR NEXT INDICATOR • The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal (yellow -Sl and yellow-with-orange stripe -S2) and the normally closed terminal (blue -Sl and blue-with-orange stripe -S2). In this example, the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When the valve is fully open, the indicator light and alarm will go out. Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). • Only Sl (two leads per terminal) may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. • The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70 (NEC). 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ----6 ~t.aulic' victaulic.com 7.1 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.01: Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 29.01: Terms and Conditions/Warranty 1-100: Field Installation Handbook User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 10.81 5662 Rev H Updated 03/2017 victaulic.com © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 7 Victaulic Check Valves Series 716 Check Valve Series 716H High Pressure Check Valve Series 716H Series 716 Series 716 (2 -3"/DN50 -DN80) (2 ½ -3"/73.0mm -DN80) (4 -12"/DNlO0 -DN300) 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • Series 716H: 2 -3"/DN50 -DN80 • Series 716: 2 ½ -12"/73.0mm -DN300 Maximum Working Pressure ~taulic' 08.08 • Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 365 psi/2500 kPa/25 bar - see section 5.0 Performance for more information • Working pressure dependent on size of pipe, valve size, and approval requirements Operating Temperature • Dependent on seat selection from section 3.0 Application • Prevents back flow • Single-disc mechanism incorporates a spring-assisted feature • Can be installed either vertically (flow upwards only) or horizontally • Valve body cast with arrow indicator to assist with proper valve orientation • Optional upstream and downstream pressure taps included on select sizes -see section 3.0 End Preparation • Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS) standard grooved 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS Product designed and manufactured under Victaulic's Quality Management System, as certified by LPCB in accordance with ISO 9001. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ~taulic' victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS -MATERIAL Body: (specify choice) D Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. D Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Body Coating: (specify choice) D Series 716H body: Black paint D Series 716H endface: Electroless nickel conforming to ASTM B733 D Series 716 (2 ½ -3"/73.0mm -DN80): PPS coating □ Series 716 (4 -12"/DNlOO -DN300): Black paint Body Seat: (specify choice) D Series 716H: 0-ring installed into an electroless nickel plating conforming to ASTM 8733 D Series 716 (2 ½ -3"/73.0mm -DN80): PPS coated ductile iron D Series 716 (4 -12"/DNlOO -DN300): Ductile iron with electroless nickel plating conforming to ASTM 8733 Seat: (specify choice) □ Victaulic EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range -30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +ll0°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. D Victaulic Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range -20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Not compatible with hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH STEAM SERVICES. D Victaulic Fluoroelastomer (Blue color code). Temperature range +20°F to +300°F/-7°C to + 149°C. May be specified for many oxidizing acids, petroleum oils, halogenated hydrocarbons, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, organic liquids and air with hydrocarbons. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES . Disc: (specify choice) D Series 716H: CF8M cast stainless steel D Series 716 (2 ½ -3"/73.0mm -DN80): Aluminum bronze with elastomer seal D Series 716 (4 -12"/DNlOO -DN300): Ductile iron disc conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 encapsulated in rubber Shaft: (specify choice) D Series 716H: Brass D Series 716 (2 ½ -3"/73.0mm -DN80): Type 416 stainless steel D Series 716 (4 -12"/DNlOO -DN300): Type 316 stainless steel Spring: Type 302/304 stainless steel Shaft Plug: Type 416 stainless steel Pipe Plug: Carbon steel zinc plated Optional Pressure Taps: (specify choice) D Series 716H: Available on all sizes D Series 716: Available on sizes 4 -12"/DNlOO -DN300 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ~taul;c victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Series 716H High Pressure Check Valve CD ½" NPT Upstream Drain Q) ½" NPT Downstream Drain 2 -3"/DN50 -DN80 Size Dimensions Weight Actual Outside E to E Approximate Nominal Diameter A B C D E J R (Each) inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 2 2.375 8.75 6.50 3.25 1.50 3.13 2.88 4.25 10.7 DN50 60.3 220 165 83 38 77 71 108 4.9 2½ 2.875 9.38 7.00 3.38 1.75 3.50 3.38 4.38 13.8 73.0 238 177 85 43 87 86 112 6.3 3.000 938 7.00 3.38 1.75 3.50 3.38 4.38 13.8 DN65 76.1 238 177 85 43 87 86 112 6.3 3 3.500 9.63 7.50 3.63 2.00 3.75 3.38 4.63 20.0 DN80 88.9 245 189 90 49 93 86 118 9.1 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ~taulic" victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Series 716 Check Valve 2 ½ -3"/73.0mm -DN80 Size Actual Outside E to E Nominal Diameter A B inches inches inches inches DN mm mm mm 2½ 2.875 3.88 4.25 73.0 99 108 3.000 3.88 4.25 DN65 76.1 99 108 3 3.500 4.25 5.13 ON80 88.9 108 129 4 4.500 9.63 6.00 DNlOO 114.3 245 152 5.500 10.50 6.88 139.7 267 173 5 5.563 10.50 6.88 DN125 141 .3 267 173 6.500 11.50 8.00 165.1 292 203 6 6.625 11.50 8.00 DN150 168.3 292 203 8 8.625 14.00 9.88 DN200 219.1 356 251 10 10.750 17.00 12.00 DN250 273.0 432 305 12 12.750 19.50 14.00 DN300 323.9 495 356 C ~t ~-A.-3:---t----. ~ t ---........ -~ CD ½" NPT Upstream Drain Q) ½" NPT Downstream Drain G> 2" NPT (Drain Optional) 4 -8"/DNlO0 -DN200 Dimensions D E J inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm 3.63 ---91 3.63 ---91 4.25 ---106 3.88 2.75 3.50 2.00 99 70 89 51 4.50 4.25 2.25 -114 106 55 4.50 4.25 2.25 -114 106 55 5.00 4.50 2.38 -127 114 61 5.00 4.50 2.38 -127 114 61 6.13 5.13 5.75 2.25 154 128 144 55 7.13 6.00 6.75 2.25 180 151 170 55 8.13 7.00 7.75 2.50 205 176 194 64 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 t-5A ~t~ I K_J ~ +--B __.! J :.- CD ½" NPT Upstream Drain (2) ½" NPT Downstream Drain 10 -12"/DN250 -DN300 Weight Approximate K p R (Each) inches inches inches lb mm mm mm kg 3.6 ---1.6 3.6 ---1.6 4.5 ---2.0 4.50 3.50 3.38 20.0 114 89 85 9.1 5.88 4.13 4.00 27.0 149 104 101 12.3 5.88 4.13 4.00 27.0 149 104 101 12.3 6.75 4.75 3.88 38.0 169 120 99 17.2 6.75 4.75 3.88 38.0 169 120 99 17.2 8.88 5.75 5.75 64.0 225 144 146 29.0 11.00 6.75 100.0 -277 171 45.4 12.88 7.75 140.0 -925 196 63.5 ~taulic" victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Series 716H High Pressure Check Valve Size Actual Outside Maximum Working Nominal Diameter Pressure inches inches psi ON mm kPa 2 2.375 365 ON50 60.3 2500 2½ 2.875 365 73.0 2500 3.000 365 ON65 76.1 2500 3 3.500 365 ON80 88.9 2500 NOTE • WARNING : FOR ONE-TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Working Pressure may be increased to 1 ½ times the figures shown. Series 716 Check Valve Size Actual Outside Maximum Working Nominal Diameter Pressure inches inches psi ON mm kPa 2½ 2.875 300 73.0 2100 3.000 300 ON65 76.1 2100 3 3.500 300 ON80 88.9 2100 4 4.500 365 ON100 114.3 2500 5.500 365 139.7 2500 5 5.563 365 ON125 141.3 2500 6.500 365 165.1 2500 6 6.625 365 ON150 168.3 2500 8 8.625 365 ON200 219.1 2500 10 10.750 300 ON250 273.0 2100 12 12.750 300 ON300 323.9 2100 NOTE • WARNING : FOR ONE-TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Working Pressure may be increased to 1 ½ times the figures shown. 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 victaulic.com © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 5 ~t.aul;C victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE The Series 716/716H check valve seat provides leak-free sealing under conditions as low as five feet of head. Cv/Kv values for flow of water at +60°F/+l6°C with a fully open valve are shown in the table below. Formulas for Cv/Kv values: Where: Q = Flow (GPM) tiP = Pressure Drop (psi) Cv = Flow Coefficient Series 716H High Pressure Check Valve Size Actual Nominal Outside Diameter inches inches DN mm 2 2.375 DN50 60.3 2½ 2.875 73.0 3.000 DN65 76.1 3 3.500 DN80 88.9 Series 716 Check Valve Size Actual Nominal Outside Diameter inches inches ON mm 2½ 2.875 73.0 3.000 DN65 76.1 3 3.500 DN80 88.9 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 5.500 139.7 5 5.563 DN125 141.3 6.500 165.1 6 6.625 DN150 168.3 8 8.625 DN200 219.1 10 10.750 DN250 273.0 12 12.750 DN300 323.9 Cv Kv (Full Open) 160 138 215 186 215 186 315 273 Cv Kv (Full Open) 140 121 140 121 250 216 390 337 700 606 700 606 1000 865 1000 865 1800 1557 3000 2595 4200 3633 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 Where: Q = Flow (m3/hr) tiP = Pressure Drop (Bar) Kv = Flow Coefficient ~taul;d victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE Flow Characteristics The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. Series 716H High Pressure Check Valve 10 ·u; Q. I Q. e 0 1 a, :5 en en f 0.. 8!. .¥. I Q. 0 0.1 100 c 10 f ::I en en ~ 0.. 10 100 100 Flow Rate -GPM 1000 Flow Rate -Liters/Min. 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 1000 10000 ~taulic' victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Flow Characteristics The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. Series 716H High Pressure Check Valve 0 ;r:.N E I Q, e C 0.5 ~ ::::, "' "' f 0. 10 Flow Rate -m3/Hour 100 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ----8 1000 ~taulic' victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Flow Characteristics The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. Series 716 Check Valve ·;;; 0.. I 0.. 10 e C l ~ ::, en en ~ Q. "' Q. ~ I 0.. 0 100 c 10 cu :S en en ~ Q. 100 1000 10000 Flow Rate -GPM 100 1000 10000 Flow Rate -Liters/Min. 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 100000 100000 ~taulic' victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Flow Characteristics The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. Series 716 Check Valve 0 'I,N E C. do.s ~ :::, u, u, cu it 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS 10 100 1000 10000 Flow Rate -m3/Hour • Q • • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Victaulic Seal Sel ction G ide 29.01: V1ctaulic Terms and Conditions/Warranty 1-100: Victaulic Fiel~tallation Handbook User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 08.08 1473 Rev J Updated 09/2019 victaulic.com © 2019 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 10 ~taulic' Victaulic® Firelock™ Zone Control Riser Module Series 747M 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: • 1 ¼ -6"/DN32 -DN150 Pipe Material: • Carbon steel, Schedule 10, Schedule 40 NOTE • For use with alternative materials please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure: • Up to 365psi/2517kPa/25bar Application: ~taulic" 10.96 • Fire protection system control modules integrated test and drain valve, with customizable test orifice, flow switch and pressure gauge. Optional Accessories: • Pressure Relief Kit -UL Listed and FM Approved for working pressures up to l 74psi/1200kPa/12bar. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.96 3089 Rev J Updated 06/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ~taulic" victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS -MATERIAL Module Body: • Housing: Cast ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. • Finish: Orange enamel. Shut-off and Test/Drain Valve: • Chrome plated brass ball, S 37700 brass clapper, 416SS or 410SS shafts, Delrin orifice, virgin Teflon1, enhanced Teflon and EPDM rubber seals. 1 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont. Waterflow Detector: • Vane type waterflow detector with sealed retard, visual switch activation, and mechanical delay adjustment. Cover includes tamper resistant security screws and tool. 4.0 DIMENSIONS Hose Clamp f D Pressure Relief Valve Barbed Fitting Hose Clamp Close Nipple ---Drain Tubing E --------G ----A ---A--- Optional Pressure Relief Valve Kit Detail 1 ¼ -2"/DN32 -DN50 sizes* 2 ½ -6"/73.0 mm -DN150 sizes* Module Body Size Dimensions Weight Actual Nominal Outside Drain E Approximate Diameter Diameter Size A B C D (Groove) F G (Each) inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb ON mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1¼ 1.660 1 11.45 7.20 5.77 3.50 10.05 7.48 2.54 15.2 DN32 42.2 33.4 290.8 182.9 146.5 88.9 255.3 190.0 64.5 6.9 1½ 1.900 1 11.45 7.32 5.77 3.50 10.05 7.48 2.54 15.5 DN40 48.3 33.4 290.8 185.9 146.5 88.9 255.3 190.0 64.5 7.0 2 2.375 1 11.45 7.55 5.77 350 10.05 7.48 254 19.9 DN50 60.3 33.4 290.8 191.8 146.5 88.9 255.3 190.0 64.5 9.0 2½ 2.875 1¼ 12.00 8.41 6.18 4.25 9.76 11.87 4.25 22.7 73.0 42 305 214 157 108 248 302 108 10.3 3 3.500 1¼ 12.00 9.42 6.18 4.25 9.76 11.87 4.25 23.2 DN80 88.9 42 305 239 157 108 248 302 108 10.6 4 4.500 2 12.00 9.90 7.25 5.00 10.15 12.62 4.21 30.3 DN100 114.3 60 305 252 184 127 258 321 107 13.8 6 6.625 2 12.00 10.85 8.31 6.00 10.15 13.62 4.24 36.7 DN150 168.3 60 305 276 211 154 258 346 107.7 16.7 * Valves shown in the "test" position and with optional Pressure Relief Valve Kit installed 10.96 3089 Rev J Updated 06/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ~taulic" victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Nominal Size Orifices inches 1.25 K2.8, K3.0, K3.5, K4.2, K4.9, KS.6 1.5 K2.8, K3.0, K3.5, K4.2, K4.9, KS.6 2 K2.8, K3.0, K3.5, K4.2, K4.9, KS.6 2.5 K4.2, K4.9, K5.6, K6.9, K8.0, Kl 1.2, Kl 4.0, Kl 6.8 3 K4.2, K4.9, K5.6, K6.9, K8.0, K11.2, Kl 4.0, Kl 6.8 4 K4.2, K4.9, K5.6, K6.9, K8.0, K11.2, K14.0, K16.8, K25 6 K4.2, K4.8, K5.6, K6.9, K8.0, K11.0, Kl 1.2, K14.0, K16.8, K25 Nominal Size Drain Type Drain Size inches inches 1.25 NPT 1 1.5 NPT 1 2 NPT 1 2.5 Grooved 1¼ 3 Grooved 1¼ 4 Grooved 2 6 Grooved 2 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS -- . -~ --~ --------~ ~ ~ ~ • This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer, in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve. These instructions contain important information. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage, or valve leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions, or if you have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 26.,QL Victauhc® Design Data 2-2,Ql ~ Terms and Cond~ of___s_a)__e 1-100: Victaulic® Field Installation Handbook I-JOlL103: VictaJJ.l.t.c.filirnlocK~ 101 (90° Elbow) and No. 103 (45° £!bowl Installation-Rea~ Fittings l-1Q2;__'£icta.u.lic® Firelock™ N_Q,_J_Q2 ts..tra1ght Teel Installation-Ready™ Fitting 1.:108: St le 108 Firelock™ Installation-Read TM Coupling l-747M: V1ctaulic® Installation Instructions Senes747fvLFirelock™ Zone Control Riser Module Assembly User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pendingn refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 10.96 3089 Rev J Updated 06/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ~t.aulic' Victaulic® Firelock™ Installation-Ready™ Rigid Couplings Style 009N and Style 109 Patented Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • Style 009N: 1 ¼ -12"/DN32 -DN300 • Style 109: 1 ¼ -2 ½"/DN32 -73.0 mm Pipe Material ~taulic' 10.64 • Schedule 10, Schedule 40 or specialty carbon steel pipe listed in Section 5. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure • Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa. Function • Joins carbon steel pipe with grooved ends conforming to publication 25.01. • Provides a rigid pipe joint designed to restrict axial or angular movement. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c@us ~ ILPCB I umo ~ Cl04-la/36 CE EN 10311 Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ~taulic' victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS -MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) D Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) D Red enamel (Europe) D Optional for Style OO9N: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (specify choice) D Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) Vic-Plus™ Pre-lubricated Gasket EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil-free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at -4O°F/-4O°C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. NOTES • Reference should always be made to publication 1-100, Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. • Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to publication 05.01, Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) D Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (Ml0-M16) Class 8.8 (M2O and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, finish Type Ill (imperial) or Type II (metric). D Optional for Style OO9N: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel Heavy Hex nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling-resistant coating.1 1 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only. Coupling Linkage: High Strength Steel with comparable physical properties to that of the Track Bolt (ASTM A449). Linkage is zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, Type 111 Finish. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 victaulic.com © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 2 ~taulic' victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Style 009N Pre-Assembled Style 009N Joint Assembled Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working End Pipe End Approx. Nominal Diameter Pressure2 Load2 Separation3 Qty. Size X y X y z (Each) inches inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DN mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1¼ 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 3/s x2 3.13 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 1.4 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 Ml0 x51 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 1½ 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 3/sx 2 3.38 5.13 3.00 5.13 2.00 15 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 M10x51 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 2 3/a x2½ 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 1.9 DN50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10x63 102 143 89 143 51 0.9 2½ 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 3/sx 2½ 4.50 6.13 4.00 6.13 2.00 2.1 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 M10x63 11 4 156 102 156 51 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 3/a x 2½ 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 DN65 76.1 25 17 11476 3.05 M10x63 118 152 105 156 51 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 2 3/sx 2½ 5.13 6.75 4.63 6.75 2.00 2.3 DN80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 M10x63 130 171 117 171 51 1.0 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 3/a x2½ 6.00 7.88 5.63 7.50 2.13 2.9 DN100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 Ml0 x63 152 200 143 191 54 1.3 4.250 365 5178 0.17 2 3/sX 2½ 5.63 7.38 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 4.32 Ml 0 x63 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 5 5.563 365 8872 0.17 2 ½x3 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 5.0 141 .3 2517 39456 4.32 M12x 76 184 235 171 232 57 2.3 5.250 365 7901 0.17 2 ½x 3 6.63 9.00 6.38 9.00 2.25 4.8 133.0 2517 35106 4.32 M12 x 76 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 5.500 365 8672 0.17 2 ½x3 6.88 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 DN125 139.7 2517 38529 4.32 M12x 76 175 235 171 232 57 2.2 6 6.625 365 12582 0.17 2 ½x3¼ 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.1 3 2.25 6.0 DN150 168.3 25 17 44469 4.32 M12x83 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 6.250 365 11198 0.17 2 ½x31/• 7.88 10.00 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 159.0 2517 49753 4.32 M12x83 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 6.500 365 121 12 0.17 2 ½x 3 ¼ 8.00 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 165.1 25 17 53813 4.32 M12 x83 203 260 197 257 57 2.7 8 8.625 365 21326 0.17 2 5/s x4 10.88 13.38 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 DN200 219.1 2517 94863 4.32 M16 x 101 276 340 260 333 64 5.2 8.500 365 20712 0.1 7 2 5/sx 4 10.63 13.25 10.25 10.13 2.63 11.4 216.0 25 17 55968 4.32 M16x 101 270 337 260 257 67 5.2 10 10.750 300 27229 0.25 2 7/s X 6½ 13.75 17.00 13.25 17.13 2.75 22.6 DN250 273.0 2068 121121 6.4 M22 X 165 349 432 337 435 70 10.3 12 12.750 300 38303 0.25 2 7/sx 6½ 16.00 19.00 15.50 19.13 2.75 27.6 DN300 323.9 2068 170380 6.4 M22x 165 406 483 394 486 70 12.5 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 3 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use Firelock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style "109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 victaulic.com © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 3 ~taulic' victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Style 109 Pre-Assembled Style 109 Joint Assembled Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Maximum Maximum Pipe End Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working End Separation Approx. Nominal Diameter Pressure4 Load4 Allowable5 Qty. Size YL YB X z YL YB X z (Each) inches inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb mm mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1¼ 1.660 365 790 0.10 1 1/ax2¼ 1.88 2.50 3.13 1.88 1.88 2.63 2.75 1.88 1.4 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 M10x57 48 64 79 48 48 67 70 48 0.6 1½ 1.900 365 1035 0.10 1 3/a x2¼ 2.00 2.63 3.25 1.88 2.00 2.75 3.00 1.88 1.5 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 Ml0 x 57 51 67 83 48 51 70 76 48 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 1 3/ax2 ½ 2.25 2.88 3.88 2.00 2.25 3.13 3.50 2.00 1.8 DN50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10x63 57 73 98 51 57 79 89 51 0.8 2½ 2.875 365 2370 0.12 1 1/a x2 ½ 2.50 3.13 4.38 2.00 2.50 3.38 3.88 2.00 2.1 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 M10x63 64 79 11 1 51 64 86 98 51 0.9 4 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 5 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 109 couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use Firelock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets and cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 victaulic.com © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 4 ~taulic' victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus11 FM11 VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DN mm bar bar bar bar bar bar 1¼ 1.660 365 365 363 363 363 363 DN32 42.4 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 1½ 1.900 365 365 363 363 363 363 DN40 48.3 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 2 2.375 365 365 363 363 363 363 DN50 60.3 2517 2517 2503 2500 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 2.875 365 365 363 363 363 363 2½ 73.0 2517 2517 2503 2500 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 3.000 3657 3638 363 363 25177 N/A 25038 N/A 2500 2500 DN65 76.1 257 258 25 25 3 3.500 365 365 363 363 363 363 DN80 88.9 251 7 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 4 4.500 365 365 363 363 363 363 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 ON100 114.3 25 25 25 25 25 25 4.250 363 363 108.0 N/A N/A 2503 2503 N/A N/A 25 25 5.563 290 365 363 363 232 363 5 2000 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 141.3 20 25 25 25 16 25 5.250 3638 133.0 N/A N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A 25 5.500 2909 3638 232 363 DN125 20009 N/A 25038 N/A 1600 2500 139.7 209 258 25 25 300 365 363 363 232 363 6 6.625 2068 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 DN150 168.3 20 25 257 25 16 25 3638 6.250 N/A N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A 159.0 25 6.500 29010 3638 363 165.1 200010 N/A 25038 N/A N/A 2500 20 258 25 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual l-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316" on the end face of the bolt. 12 cUL listed to 250 psi/1720 kPa /17 bar. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 victaulic.com © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 5 ~taulic' • • victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals . Size cULus11 FM11 VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa ON mm bar bar bar bar bar bar 8 8.625 300 365 363 363 232 363 ON200 219.1 2068 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 20 25 25 25 16 25 8.500 290 3638 216.0 2000 N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A 20 257 10 10.750 300 300 300 300 ON250 273.0 2068 2068 2068 2068 N/A N/A 20 20 20 20 12 12.750 30012 300 250 300 ON300 323.9 206812 2068 1720 2068 N/A N/A 2012 25 17 20 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual l-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316• on the end face of the bolt. 12 cUL listed to 250 psi/1720 kPa /17 bar. 5.1 PERFORMANCE Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals13 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/ Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa ON mm bar bar bar 1¼ 1.660 365 365 365 ON32 42.4 2517 2517 2517 25 25 25 1½ 1.900 365 365 365 ON40 48.3 2517 2517 2517 25 25 25 2 2.375 365 365 365 ON50 60.3 2517 2517 2517 25 25 25 2.875 365 365 365 2½ 73.0 25 17 2517 2517 25 25 25 13 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-109 for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 victaulic.com © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 6 Sch.40 psi kPa bar 365 2517 25 365 2517 25 365 2517 25 365 2517 25 ~tauhc' victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size inches Pipe Type ON 1 ¼-4 EF DN32-DN100 1 ¼-2 EL DN32-DN50 1 ¼-2 ET40 DN32-DN50 EZF 3-4 DN80-DN100 1 ¼-2 EZT DN32-DN50 FF 1 ½-4 DN40-DN100 1 ¼-2 GL DN32-DNSO 1 ¼-4 DN32-DN100 MF 6 DN150 1 ¼-2 MT DN32-DN50 MLT 1 ¼-2 DN32-DN50 2½-4 TF 73.0 mm-DN100 WG5, WGSE, WF5, WG7, WG7E, WL7 1 ¼-4 DN32-DN100 1 ¼-2 WLS DN32-DNS0 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EL= EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZF = EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. • EZT = El-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. Pressure Rating cULus FM psi psi kPa kPa bar bar 300 2068 N/A 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 2068 N/A 20 300 2068 N/A 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 2068 N/A 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 175 175 1205 1205 12 12 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 N/A 2068 20 300 N/A 2068 20 175 300 1205 2068 12 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 • MT= Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co • TF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • WG5, WG5E, WF5 = WGalweld 5, WGalweld SE, WFlow 5 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WG7, WG7E, WL7 = WGalweld 7, Wgalweld 7E, Wlight 7 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 victaulic.com © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ~taulic' 7 victaulic.com 5.3 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size inches Pipe Type ON 1 ¼-2½ DN32 -73.0 mm EF 1 ½-2½ DN40 -73.0 mm Easy-Flow 1 ¼-2 DN32-ONS0 El 1 ¼-2 DN32-DNS0 ET40 1 ¼-2 DN32-DNS0 1 ¼-2 DN32-DN50 EZT 1 ½-2 DN40-ONS0 FF 1 ½-2½ DN40 -73.0 mm Gl 1 ¼-2 DN32-ONS0 MF 1 ¼-2½ DN32 -73.0 mm MT 1 ¼-2 DN32-DNS0 MLT 1 ¼-2 DN32-DNS0 TF 2½ 73.0mm WG7,WG7E 1 ¼-2 DN32-DNS0 WLS 1 ¼-2 DN32-DNS0 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • Easy-Flow = Easy-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan Mannesmann Boru. • EL= EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZT = El-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. Pressure Rating cULus FM psi psi kPa kPa bar bar 300 NIA 2068 20 300 2068 N/A 20 300 N/A 2068 20 300 N/A 2068 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 N/A 2068 20 300 2068 N/A 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 N/A 2068 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 300 2068 2068 20 20 300 N/A 2068 20 300 N/A 2068 20 300 N/A 2068 20 • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF= Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT= Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • TF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • WG7, WG7E = WGalweld 7 and WGalweld 7E steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ~taulic' victaulic.com 8 victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 130, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Seal Selection Guide 25.01: Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications 1-00 N: Install tion Instr ctions Firelock EZ™ Rigid Coupling Style 009N 1-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook l:109: Inst llation Instructions FireLockr~ne.::..8.QlL~f&llpli_og_S_tyle__lQ9 I.:.ENDCAP: Victaulic Enc!__C_a_m ln__s_taHa.ti.Qn Instructions User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 © 2018 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ~tauhc' Victaulic® Flexible Coupling Style 75 1 -8"/DN25 -DN200 Exaggerated for clarity 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 1 -8 11/DN25 -DN200 Pipe Material • Carbon steel • Stainless steel Maximum Working Pressure ~taulic' 06.05 • Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar • Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe Application • Joins standard roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as grooved fittings, valves and accessories • Provides a flexible pipe joint which allows for expansion, contraction and deflection • Up to 50% lighter in weight than standard Victaulic Style 77 or Style 177N flexible couplings 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS NOTES • Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide. • See publication 02.06: Victaulic Potable Water Approvals ANSI/NSF for potable water approvals if applicable. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ~taulic' victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS -MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to AST M A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized D Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings. Gasket: (specify choice1) □ Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range -3O°F to +23O°F/-34°C to +11O°C. May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +18O°F/+82°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. D Grade "T" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range -2O°F to +18O°F/-29°C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not compatible for hot dry air over +14O°F/+6O°C and water over +15O°F/+66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER. D Others For alternate gasket selection, reference ublication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide -Elastomeric Seal Construction. 1 Services listed are General Service Gu idelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice2) D Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial -heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric -hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type Ill (imperial) or Type II (metric). D Optional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating. 2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial sizes only. 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ~taulid ,,, victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 75 Pipe End Deflection from Size Separation3 Centerline3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Outside Approx. Nominal Diameter Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X y z (Each) inches inches inches inches/ft. imperial inches inches inches lb DN mm mm Degrees mm/m metric mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 0-0.06 2°-43' 0.57 2 3/s X 2 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 DN25 33.7 0-1.6 48 Ml0x 51 61 108 45 0.6 1¼ 1.660 0-0.06 2°-10' 0.45 2 3/s x2 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 DN32 42.4 0-1.6 38 M10x51 68 117 45 0.6 1½ 1.900 0-0.06 1°-56' 0.40 2 3/sx2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 DN40 48.3 0-1.6 33 M10x51 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 0-0.06 1°-31' 0.32 2 3/s x2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 DN50 60.3 0-1.6 26 Ml0 x 51 87 133 48 0.8 2½ 2.875 0-0.06 1°-15' 0.26 2 3/sx 2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 73.0 0-1.6 22 MlO x 51 98 144 48 0.9 3.000 0-0.06 1°-12' 0.26 2 3/s x2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 DN65 76.1 0-1.6 22 M10x51 102 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 0-0.06 1°-2' 0.22 2 ½x2¾ 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 DN80 88.9 0-1.6 18 M12x 70 114 178 48 1.3 3½ 4.000 0-0.06 0°-54' 0.19 2 ½x2 ¾ 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 DN90 101.6 0-1.6 16 M12x 70 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 0-0.13 1°-36' 0.34 2 ½x2¾ 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 DN100 114.3 0-3.2 28 M12x 70 147 204 54 1.9 4.250 0-0.1 3 1°-41 ' 0.35 2 ½x2 ¾ 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 0-3.2 29 M12x 70 141 198 54 1.7 5.000 0-0.13 1°-26' 0.25 2 5/sx3 ¼ 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 127.0 0-3.2 21 M16x83 156 240 54 2.5 5 5.563 0-0.13 1°-18' 0.27 2 5/s x3¼ 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 141.3 0-3.2 23 M16x83 175 256 54 2.6 5.250 0-0.13 1°-21' 0.28 2 5/sx3 ¼ 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 0-3.2 24 M16x83 166 238 54 2.7 5.500 0-0.13 1°-18' 0.28 2 5/s x3 ¼ 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 DN125 139.7 0-3.2 24 M16x83 173 244 54 2.9 6.000 0-0.13 1°-12' 0.21 2 5/sx3 ¼ 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 0-3.2 18 M16 x 83 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 0-0.13 1°-5' 0.23 2 5/s x3 ¼ 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 DN150 168.3 0-3.2 18 M16x83 203 281 54 3.2 6.250 0-0.13 1°-9' 0.24 2 5/sx3 ¼ 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 0-3.2 20 M16x83 194 266 54 3.1 6.500 0-0.13 10-7' 0.23 2 S/s x3 ¼ 7.84 10.66 2.08 6.6 165.1 0-3.2 58 M16 X 83 199 271 53 3.0 8.515 0-0.13 0°-51' 0.18 2 ¾x4¼ 10.19 13.75 2.32 13.2 216.3 0-3.2 46 M20x 108 259 350 59 6.0 8 8.625 0-0.13 0°-50' 0.18 2 ¾x4 ¼ 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4 DN200 219.1 0-3.2 14 M20x 108 263 355 59 5.6 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for¾ -3 ½"/DN20 -DN90; 25% for 4"/DNlO0 and larger. NOTE • Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ---3 ~t.aulic' victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 75 Size Actual Maximu~ Outside Working Maximum Nominal Diameter Pressure4 End Load4 inches inches psi lb ON mm kPa N 1 1.315 500 680 DN25 33.7 3447 3,025 1¼ 1.660 500 1080 DN32 42.4 3447 4,805 1½ 1.900 500 1420 DN40 48.3 3447 6,320 2 2.375 500 2215 DN50 60.3 3447 9,860 2½ 2.875 500 3245 73.0 3447 14,440 3.000 500 3535 DN65 76.1 3447 15,730 3 3.500 500 4800 DN80 88.9 3447 21,360 3½ 4.000 500 6300 DN90 101.6 3447 28,035 4 4.500 500 7950 DN100 114.3 3447 35,380 4.250 450 6380 108.0 3103 28,395 5.000 450 8820 127.0 3103 39,250 5 5.563 450 10935 141.3 3103 48,660 5.250 450 9735 133.0 3103 43,325 5.500 450 10665 DN125 139.7 3103 47,460 6.000 450 12735 152.4 3103 56,670 6 6.625 450 15525 DN150 168.3 3103 69,085 6.250 450 13800 159.0 3103 61,405 6.500 450 14930 165.1 3103 66,412 8.515 450 25625 216.3 3103 113,986 8 8.625 450 26280 DN200 219.1 3103 116,945 4 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on ANSI 836.10 sized carbon steel pipe, grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. NOTE • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown. 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ~taul;C victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS • Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS I Cons ruction ~15_; Vktaulic® Pressure Ratings and End Loads for Victaulic Couplings on Steel Pi~ 10.01: Victaulic® Products for Fire Protection Pi in s S stems -Re ulaJQ__[y A roval Reference Guid~ l].01: Victaullc® Pipe Preparation for Use on Stainless Steel Pjp_e_ With V1ctaulic Products 17.09: VicJaulic® Ductile Iron Grooved Couplings Pet:Lormance Data for Stainless Steel Pipe 25.01: V1ctaullc® Standard Groove S ecificatioris 26.01: V1ctaulic® Oesigo D..a.t.a 29.0l;__ V1ctaulic® Terms and Conditions of Sale 1-100: Victautic® Field Installation Handbook User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 06.05 1470 Rev P Updated 10/2017 victaulic.com © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 5 ~taulic' Victaulic® Firelock™ Fittings 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 1 ¼ -811/DN32 -DN2OO Maximum Working Pressure ~taulic' 10.03 • Pressure ratings for Victaulic Firelock™ Fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Firelock EZ™ Style OO9N couplings (refer to publication 10.64 for more information). Application • Firelock™ fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components Pipe Materials • Carbon steel 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS 3 .0 SPECIFICATIONS -MATERIAL CE EN 10311 Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011 Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: D Orange enamel. D Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India. D Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victau lie.com 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ~taulic' victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS No.001 No.003 No. 001 No.003 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Actual Approximate Approximate Nominal Outside Weight Weight Size Diameter Cto E Each C to E Each inches inches inches lb inches lb ON mm mm kg mm kg 1¼ 1.660 ---- DN32 42.4 ---- 1½ 1.900 ---- DN40 48.3 ---- 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 DN50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 2½ 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 DN65 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 DN80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 DNl00 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 DN125 139.7 124 5.6 82.6 3.7 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 DN150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 165.1 140 7.9 89 5.2 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 DN200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 8.515 6.81 23.1 -- 216.3 173 10.5 -- 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ~ C ---.i ' to E 1 -. C to E _____:t_ No.002 No.002 Straight Tee Approximate Weight Cto E Each inches lb mm kg ---- -- -- 2.75 2.4 70 1.1 3.00 3.6 76 1.6 3.00 3.8 76 1.7 3.38 5.3 86 2.4 4.00 7.5 102 3.4 4.00 8.7 102 3.9 4.88 15.7 124 7.1 4.88 15.4 124 6.9 5.50 17.9 140 8.0 5.50 22.7 140 10.3 5.50 22.0 140 9.9 6.94 38.7 176 17.6 6.94 33.6 176 15.2 No.006 No.006 Cap Approximate Weight T Each inches lb mm kg 0.82 0.3 21 0.1 0.82 0.4 21 0.2 0.88 0.6 22 0.3 0.88 1.0 22 0.5 -- 0.88 1.2 22 0.5 -- 1.00 2.4 25 1.1 1.00 4.1 25 1.9 -- -- 1.00 5.9 25 2.7 -- 1.13 12.7 29 5.8 -- -- ~taulic" victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Data Size Frictional Resistance Equivalent of Straight Pipe1 No.002 Actual Elbows Straight Tee Nominal Outside No.001 No.003 Size Diameter 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Branch Run inches inches feet feet feet feet DN mm meters meters meters meters 1¼ 1.660 ---- DN32 42.4 ---- 1½ 1.900 ---- DN40 48.3 ---- 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 DN50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 2½ 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 DN65 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 DN80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 DN100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 5.500 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3 DN125 139.7 2.5 1.3 6.3 2.5 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 DN150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 9.8 165.1 3.0 1.5 7.5 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 DN200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 8.515 13.0 -33.0 13.0 2163 4.0 -10.1 4.0 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ~taulic" victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS General Notes NOTE: When assembling Firelock EZ™ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Firelock EZ™ Style 009N/009H couplings, use Firelock™ No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H/009N couplings. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.64: Victaullc® Firelock™ Ri id Cou lin St le 009N 1Q,.Q.2;_Victaulic® Firelock™ Rjgid Coupling Style 005H with Vic-Plus™ Gasket System 29,_0LYictaulic_® Terms and ConditioD._S_Qf__S_a_Le User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 victaulic.com © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 4 ~taulic" SAMMY~ FOR WOOD SAMMYS® FOR WOOD -Vertical Application #14 Black Nut Driver Part# 8113910 #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part# 8114910 Application Product Features Not less than 'l' nominal width ~ Not less than 3" nominal thickness (2-1/2") ( depth or side f vertical member) Wood Flooring Ceiling Composite I Truss Consult truss manufacturer for recommended 1nstallat1on point 'Pre-d11/lmg may be reqwred for GST 25-380 Tool ava,lab/e on page 11 • No pre-<lrilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Manufactured in the U.S.A. Watch a video demonstration at www.itwbuildex.com A rovals R~d Part Model Sc~e~ Ultimate UL Test FM Test Box Case pp Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Load (lbs) Qty Qty VERTICAL MOUNT 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4x 1" 210 (7/16" OSB) 25 125 670 (3/4" Ply) 1W 8003957 GST200 1/4x2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 ~ 3/8" 8007957 GST10 1/4x 1" 210 (7/16" OSB) 300 25 125 670 (3/4" Ply) ~ , .. 3ta· 8008957 GST20 1/4 x2• 1760 (Fir) 850 1475 25 125 ® 3/8" 8068925 GST20-SS 1/4x2" 1760 (Fir) 850 25 125 @ 3ta· 8009925 GST25-380 3/8 X 2-1/2" 2113 (Fir) 1500 25 125 ® ~> 3/8" 8010957 GST30 1/4x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 3/8• 8069925 GST30-SS 1/4x 3• 2060 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8013925 GST2 1/4x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8015925 GST3 1/4x3" 2275 (Fir) 25 125 SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. SIDEWINDER® FOR WOOD -Horizontal Application #14SWRJ Nut Driver Part# 8114910 Application Product Features Not less than 2· nominal width (1-1/2") up to 3-1/2" pipe; not less than 3" (2-1/2") nominal width 4" & 5" pipe +---+ Minimum 2-1/2" from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3" from bot- tom for main lines. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to 2" or thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. .)' Floor Joist • No pre-drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Manufactured in the U.S.A. Watch a video demonstration at www.itwbuildex.com A rovals R_od Part Model Sc~e~ Ultimate UL Test Box Case pp Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) Load (lbs) Qty Qty HORIZONTAL MOUNT 1/4" 8019957 SWG 200 1/4x2" 1725 (Fir) 25 125 3/8" 8020957 SWG10 1/4x 1" 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 3/8" 8021957 SWG20 1/4x2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 25 125 3/8" 8073925 SWG20-SS 1/4x2" 1725 (Fir) 850 25 125 3/8"* 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8 X 2-1/2" 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 3/8" 8023925 SWG30 1/4x3" 1884 (Fir) 25 125 • May require pre-drilling; consult joist manufacturer. SAMMYS SWIVEL HEAD™ FOR WOOD -Swivel Application #14 Black Nut Driver Part# 8113910 #14 SH Orange Nut Dnver Part# 8273910 Application Product Features • Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. • Accommodates up to 3 ½" x 12 pitch roof. • Allows 17° deflection from vertical. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Manufactured in the U.S.A. A rovals R_od Part Model Sc~e~ Ultimate UL Test Load FM Test . Min Box Case pp Size Number Descriptions Pullout (lbs) (lbs) Load (lbs) Thickness Qty Qty SWIVEL MOUNT @~ 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST20 1/4x 2" 1257 (Fir) 1050 1475 25 125 @ 3/8"* 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1903 Dim. Lumber 1500 1406 @45°off vertical 850@45° 25 125 Dim. Lumber 903 Dim. Lumber 1/2" 8303957 SH-GST/CST 2.0 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1406 @45°off vertical 25 125 Dim. Lumber • May require pre-drilling; consult joist manufacturer. Pipe Hangers TOLCO™ Fig. 200 -"Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger TOLCO™ Fig. 200F -''Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining for Copper Tubing TOLCO™ Fig. 200C -"Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated TOLCO™ Fig. 200S -"Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Removable Nut (For sizes 1" thru 2") @ t t C US <8> Size Range: Fig. 200 -1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe A Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: • 1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm) sizes have flared edges for ease of installation on all pipe types and protects CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured knurled nut design (flared top) on 1" thru 2" sizes keep nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. • 1/2" (15mm), 3/4" (20mm), and 21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Knurled nut is easily removed. • For 1/2" (15mm) and 3/4" (20mm) sizes with non-captured knurl nuts order Fig. 200S Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) (3/4" (20mm) thru 8" (200mm)). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E & A-A-11 92A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society AN SI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nut. Order By: Part number and pipe size ** Note: For metric hanger rod sizes add the metric rod size to the figure number. Overall Height LISTED APPRDVBJ B Center of pipe to top of knurled hanger rod nut D Top of pipe to bottom of hanger rod nut. Fig. 200-1 to 200-2 Fig. 200-1/2 & 200-3/4 B A Fig. 200-21/2 to 200-8 Example: 200M8-1 1 /2 or 200M 1 0-1 1 /2 Fig. 200C Fig. 200F Fig. 200 Fig. 200 & Fig. 200S 200C-11 /2 shown 200F-11/2 shown shown with captured nut shown with t M8 rod size is not UL Listed or FM Approved 1" thru 2" sizes only non-captured nut Pipe Size Rod Size A B D Max. Rec. Load Approx. WtJ100 Part No.** in. (mm) in. mm** in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 200-1/2 1f2" (15) 3/a"-16 M8t or M10 31/a'' (79.4) 25/a'' (66.7) 111/3211 (34.1) 400 (1.78) 11 (5.0) 200-3/4 3/4" (20) 3/a"-16 M8t or M10 31/a'' (79.4) 21/2" (63.5) 11/16" (27.0) 400 (1.78) 11 (5.0) 200-1 1" (25) 3/a"-16 M8t or Ml0 33/a" (85.7) 25/a'' (66.7) 11/a" (28.6) 400 (1.78) 12 (5.5) 200-11/4 11/4'' (32) 3/a"-16 M8t or Ml0 33/411 (94.0) 27/a'' (73.0) 15/3211 (29.3) 400 (1 .78) 13 (5.9) 200-11/2 11/2'' (40) 3/a"-16 Mt8 or M10 37/a" (98.4) 27/a'' (73.0) 13/1611 (30.2) 400 (1.78) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2" (50) 3/a"-16 M8t or M10 41/2'' (114.3) 3" (76.3) P/16'' (30.2) 400 (1 .78) 15 (6.9) 200-21/2 21/2'' (65) 3/a"-16 M10 55/a" (142.9) 41/a'' (104.7) 17/16'' (36.5) 600 (2.67) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) 3/a"-16 M10 57!a'' (149.1) 4" (101.6) 11/4'' (31.7) 600 (2.67) 29 (13.3) 200-31/2 31/2'' (90) 3/a"-16 Ml0 73/a" (187.3) 51/4'' (133.3) 23/1611 (55.6) 600 (2.67) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4" (100) 3/a"-16 M10 73/a" (187.3) 5" (127.0) 13/ a" (34.9) 1000 (4.45) 35 (16.0) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2''-13 M12 91/8'' (231.8) 61/4'' (158.7) 311/32" (84.9) 1250 (5.56) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6" (150) 1/2''-13 M12 101/8'' (257.2) 63/4" (171.4) 27/3211 (56.3) 1250 (5.56) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8" (200) 1/2''-13 M12 131/a'' (333.4) 83/411 (222.2) 37/32" (81.7) 1250 (5.56) 136 (62.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions 23 Eaton Pipe Han ers TOLCO™ Fig. 1 CBS -Clevis Bolt Spacer Size Range: Size 1" (25mm) thru 20" (500mm) clevis hanger Material: Steel Function: Used as a spacer at a seismic brace location to keep clevis hanger from collapsing during seismic event. Approvals: Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines OPM-0052-13, for 21/2" -8" (B3100) only Installation Note: Fig. 1 CBS fits easily over the cross bolt and attaches by pinching tabs down. Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number and finish. Sizes 1" (25) thru 11/2'" (40) Sizes 2" (50) thru 20" (500} TOLCO™ Fig. 25 -Surge Restrainer Size Range: -One size fits 3/4" (20mm) thru 2" (40mm) pipe. Material: -Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: -Designed to be used in conjunction with Fig. 200 band hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficiently installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2016 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2 .3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals: -Underwriters Laboratories Listed only when used with band hanger Fig. 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number and band hanger, size from 3/4" (20mm) thru 211 (40mm). Patent #5,344, 108 Approx. WtJ100 Part No. lbs. (kg) 25 4.8 (2.2) Part No. 1CBS-1 1CBS-11/4 1CBS-11/2 1CBS-2 1CBS-21/2 1CBS-3 1CBS-J1/2 1CBS-4 1CBS-5 1CBS-6 1CBS-8 1CBS-10 1CBS-12 1CBS-14 1CBS-16 1CBS-18 1CBS-20 OPM Pipe Size Approx. WtJ100 in. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1" (25) 3.2 (1.4) 11/4'' (32) 4.1 (1.8) 11/2'' (40) 4.8 (2.2) 2" (50) 9.4 (4.2) 21/2'' (65) 11.4 (5.2) 3" (75) 13.9 (6.8) 31/2'' (90) 16.0 (7.2) 4" (100) 18.0 (8.1) 5" (125) 27.3 (12.4) 6" (150) 32.5 (14.7) 8" (200) 42.5 (19.2) 10" (250) 72.7 (32.9) 12" (300) 86.3 (39.1) 14" (350) 157.6 (71.5) 16" (400) 183.7 (83.3) 18" (450) 224.6 (101.9) 20" (500) 254.0 (115.2) c@us LISTED All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton Revised 8/8/2014 22 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions CPVC Clamps TOLCO™ Fig. 23 -Hanger for CPVC Plastic Pipe & IPS Steel Pipe Double Fastener Strap (B-Line 83182) Size Range: 3/4" (20mm) thru 3" (80mm) CPVC pipe Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: Intended to perform as a hanger to support CPVC piping used in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Fig. 23 can be installed on the top, bottom or side of a beam. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) sizes 3/4" (20mm) thru 2" (50mm) to support fire sprinkler piping. May be installed in wood using fasteners supplied with product, or into minimum 20 gauge (0.9mm) steel using (2) 1/4" x 1" tek type screw. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. I I I I I / / Features: Fig . 23 incorporates features which protect the pipe and ease installation. The flared edge design protects the CPVC pipe from any rough surface. It also incorporates snap restrainers allowing easier and faster installation. Easily attaches to the building structure using the two UL Listed hex head self threading screws* furnished with the product. It is recommended that rechargeable electric drills fitted with a hex socket attachment be used as installation tools. No impact tools (such as a hammer) are allowed. Damage has been known to result from installations using impact type tools. No pre-drilling of a pilot hole in wood is required. / Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number and pipe size * Hardened hex head self threading screw is furnished with the product and is the minimum fastener size acceptable. CPVC Pipe Size A B Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 23-3/4 3/4" (20) 31/8'' (79.4) 19/15" (39.7) 23-1 1" (25) 33/a" (85.7) 111/16'' (42.9) 23-11/4 11/4'' (32) 43/1611 (106.4) 23/32" (53.1) 23-11/2 11/2'' (40) 47/16" (112.7) 27/32" (56.3) 23-2 2" (50) 47 /a" ( 123.8) 27/16" (61.9) 23-21/2 21/2'' (65) 53/a'' (136.5) 211/16" (68.3) 23-3 3" (80) 6" (152.4) 3" (76.2) Reduced Spacing For IPS Pipe IPS Max. Hanger Pipe Size Spacing Part No. in. (mm) Ft. (m) 23-3/4 3/4" (20) 1'-9" (1.67) 23-1 1" (25) 1'-10" (1.83) 23-11/4 11/4'' (32) 2-4" (1.98) 23-11/2 11/2'' (40) 2-9" (2.13) 23-2 2" (50) 3-6" (2.44) 23-21/2 21/2'' (65) Consult Factory 23-3 3" (80) Consult Factory C Max. Hanger C Spacing in. (mm) Ft. (m) P/16'' (30.2) 51/2 (1.67) l3/16" (30.2) 6 (1,83) 13/1611 (30.2) 61/2 (1.98) 13/1611 (30.2) 7 (2.13) 13/16" (30.2) 8 (2.44) 13/16" (30.2) Consult Factory l3/1611 (30.2) Consult Factory c@us UST£D B A Fastener Hex Approx. Head Size Wt./100 in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 5/1611 (7.9) 9 (4.1) 5/15" (7.9) 9 (4.1) s;,s" (7.9) 11 (5.0) 5/15" (7.9) 12 (5.4) 5/1611 (7.9) 15 (6.8) 5/15" (7.9) 22 (10.0) 5/15" (7.9) 25 (11.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 34 8-Line series Fire Protection Solutions TOLCO™ Fig. 24 -Hanger for CPVC Plastic Pipe & IPS Steel Pipe Double Fastener Strap Side Mounted (B-Line 83183) Size Range: 3/4" (20mm) thru 2" (50mm) CPVC pipe Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: Intended to perform as a hanger to support CPVC piping used in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Can be installed on the top or on the bottom of a beam. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support fire sprinkler piping. May be installed in wood using fasteners supplied with product, or into minimum 20 gauge (0.912mm) steel using (2) 1/4" x 1" tek type screws. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Features: Fig. 24 incorporates features which protect the pipe and ease installation. The flared edge design protects the CPVC pipe from any rough surface. Easily attaches to the building structure using the two UL Listed hex head self threading screws* furnished with the product. It is recommended that rechargeable electric drills fitted with a hex socket attachment be used as installation tools. No impact tools (such as a hammer) are allowed. Damage has been known to result from installations using impact type tools. No pre-drilling of a pilot hole in wood is required. Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number and pipe size * Hardened hex head self threading screw is furnished with the product and is the minimum fastener size acceptable. CPVC Pipe Size A B Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. C (mm) 24-3/4 3/4" (20) 25/1611 (58.7) 15/32" (27 .8) 13/1f (30.2) 24-1 1" (25) 25/a'' (66.7) l5/15" (33.3) l3/16" (30.2) 24-11/4 11/4'' (32) 3" (76.2) 11/2" (38.1) 13/16" (30.2) 24-11/2 11/2'' (40) 31/4'' (82.5) 15/a'' (42.3) 13/16" (30.2) 24-2 2" (50) 311/1611 (93.7) 127/32" (43.6) P/16" (30.2) Reduced Spacing For IPS Pipe IPS Max. Hanger Pipe Size Spacing Part No. in. (mm) Ft. (m) 24-3/4 3/4" (20) 1'-9" (1.67) 24-1 1" (25) 1'-10" (1.83) 24-11/4 11/4'' (32) 2-4" (1.98) 24-1'/2 11/2" (40) 2-9" (2.13) 24-2 2" (50) 3-6" (2.44) Max. Hanger Spacing Ft. (m) 51/2 (1.67) 6 0.83) 61/2 (1.98) 7 (2.13) 8 (2.44) CPVC Clamps c@us LISTED II I\ '\, Ji ' // ,, // ........... ,,,,,,,,,,. ----- C) B B Fastener Hex Approx. Head Size Wt/100 in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 5/16" (7.9) 9 (4.1) 5/1611 (7.9) 9 (4.1) 5/15" (7.9) 11 (5.01 5/1611 (7.9) 12 (5.4) 5/15" (7.9) 15 (6.8) ' ' \ I / All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 8-Line series Fire Protection Solutions 35 Eaton CPVC Clamps TOLCO™ Fig. 28M -Offset Hanger & Restrainer for CPVC Plastic Pipe and IPS Steel Pipe Size Range: 3/4" (20mm) thru 2" (32mm) Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized Function: Designed to be used as a hanger and restrainer for CPVC piping or steel piping where the "stand-off" design will ease installation by eliminating the need for wood blocking. Features: • Flared edge design protects CPVC pipe from any rough or abrasive surfaces • Unique snap-on design holds pipe firmly in place and allows retrofit type of installation • The "Stand-Off" design eliminates the need for wood block extension • Can be installed on horizontal or vertical piping regardless of mounting surface orientation • Attaches easily to wood structure with two hex head self-threading screws furnished with product • Installs easily using rechargeable electrical driver with 5/16" (7.9mm) extension socket eliminating impact tool damage to pipe • Attaches easily to steel, minimum 18 gauge (1 .024mm) with (2) 1/4" x 1" tek type self drilling tapping screws • (cULus) Listed as a hanger and a restrainer for fire sprinkler piping Installation Note: When installed in wood structural members and threads from the #10 x 1" screws are exposed, use Fig. 278 (page 36) speed nut to secure Approvals: Underwriters Laboratory Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support automatic fire sprinkler systems. May be installed into wood using fasteners screws. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Fig. 28M satisfies the UL vertical restraint requirements where needed. Order By: Figure number and pipe size Patent #7,744,042 r----------------------7 I . I : il . <J : I il I I I : : I I I I I_t;j-J Restraint c@us LISTED A Fig.278 q (2) Required ~--:~, CPVC Pipe Size A Hole Dia. B C Max Spacing* Approx. Wt./100 ...... Vy---,~~ fl': : ,,..,, Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 28M-l/4 3/4" (20) 2" (50.8) 3/15" (4.8) 28M-1 1" (25) 21/8'' (54.0) 3/15" (4.8) 28M-11/4 11/4'' (32) 25/16" (58.7) 3/1611 (4.8) 28M-1'/2 11/2'' (49) 27 /16" (61.9) 3/15" (4.8) 28M-2 2" (50) 25/a" (66.7) 3/15" (4.8) * Required per NFPA 13 for CPVC plastic pipe Reduced Spacing For IPS Pipe IPS Pipe Size Max. Hanger Spacing Part No. in. (mm) Ft. (m) 28-3/4 3/4" (20) 1'-9" (1 .67) 28-1 1" (25) 1'-10" (1.83) 28-11/4 11/4'' (32) 2-4" (1.98) 28-11/2 11/2" (40) 2-9" (2.13) 28-2 2" (50) 3-6" (2.44) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. 35/15" (84.1) 5'-6" (1676) 9 31/2'' (88.9) 6'-0" (1829) 12 31/2" (88.9) 6'-6" (1981) 13 31/a'' (98.4) 7'-0" (2133) 14 47/1611 (112.7) 8'-0" (2438) 15 (kg) (4.1) (5.4) (5.9) (6.3) (6.8) Fig. 278 i rl ,::_ _______ _ I I II I II I II I IL.l/ Hanger and Restraint Application ,r-,1 II II (1) Required High Side of Hanger :i L_ :l l\ ~~, ii ii Detail A Hanger Application All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B Eaton 38 8-Line series Fire Protection Solutions • CPVC Clamps TOLCO™ Fig. 28 -''Stand-Off" Hanger & Restrainer for CPVC Plastic Pipe & IPS Steel Pipe Size Range: -3/4" (20mm) through 2" (50mm) c@us Material: -Steel, Pre-Galvanized Function: -Designed to be used as a hanger and restrainer for CPVC piping where the "stand-off" design will ease installation by eliminating the need for wood blocking. Features: • Flared edge design protects CPVC pipe from any rough or abrasive surfaces. • Unique twist and lock design holds pipe firmly in place and allows retrofit type of installation. • The "Stand-Off" design eliminates the need for wood block extension. • Can be installed on horizontal or vertical piping regardless of mounting surface orientation. • Attaches easily to wood structure with two hex head self-threading screws furnished with product. • Installs easily using rechargeable electrical driver with 5/15" (7.9mm) extension socket eliminating impact tool damage to pipe. • Attaches easily to steel, minimum 18 gauge (1.024mm) with (2) 1/4" x 1" tek type self drilling tapping screws. • UL Listed as a hanger and a restrainer for fire sprinkler piping. Approvals: -Underwriters Laboratory Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support automatic fire sprinkler systems. May be installed into wood using fasteners supplied with product, or into minimum 18 gauge steel using (2) 1 /4" x 1" tek type screws. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Fig. 28 satisfies the UL vertical restraint requirement where needed. UL Listed as a hanger and vertical restraint when installed on 3/a" (9.5mm) composite wood material. Use two Fig. 27B (page 36) Speed Nuts when used as a hanger and restraint. Use one Fig. 27B Speed Nut on the upper installed screw when used as a hanger only. Order by: -Figure number and pipe size. Pat. # 7,455,268, Pat.# 7,832,248 Fig. 27B (1) Required High Side of Hanger Application Hanger Application CPVC Pipe Size Part No. in. (mm) 28-3/4 3/4" (20) 28-1 1" (25) 28-11/4 11/4'' (32) 28-11/2 11/2" (40) 28-2 2" (50) Reduced Spacing For IPS Pipe IPS Pipe Size Part No. in. (mm) 28-3/4 3/4" (20) 28-1 1" (25) 28-11/4 11/4'' (32) 28-11/2 11/2" (40) 28-2 2" (50) Fig. 27B (2) Required Hanger and Restraint Application A 8 in. (mm) in. (mm) 31/3211 (77.0) 2" (50.8) 35/16" (84.1) 23/16" (55.6) 35/a'' (92.1) 23/a" (60.3) 4" (101.6) 21/2" (63.5) 41/2'' (114.3) 211/16" (68.3) Max. Hanger Spacing Ft. (m) 1'-9" (1 .67) 1'-10" (1.83) 2-4" (1 .98) 2-9" (2.13) 3-6" (2.44) C Max Hanger Spacing in. (mm) Ft (m) 31/2" (88.9) 51/2 (1 .67) 31/2'' (88.9) 6 (1.83) 31/2'' (88.9) 61/2 (1.98) Jl/2'' (88.9) 7 (2.13) 35/a" (92.1) 8 (2.44) Approx. Wt./100 lbs. (kg) 18 (8.1) 21 (9.5) 23 (10.4) 31 (14.0) 34 (15.4) LISTED (,- ' ', >~-=>- ,, ":~~-~~ : ~ ~: ,' ', 'r ', I -...,- All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions 37 A Eaton CPVC Clamps TOLCO™ Fig. 29 -Double Offset Hanger & Restrainer for CPVC Plastic Pipe & IPS Steel Pipe Size Range: Available in 3/4" (20mm) and 1" (25mm) pipe sizes Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel c@us Function: Intended to perform as a hanger and restrainer for CPVC, plastic fire sprinkler pipe. Provides double offset 11/2" (20mm) x 11/2" (20mm) from mounting surface. This design will ease installation by eliminating the need for wood block extension and allow retro-fit attachment of hanger to sprinkler pipe. Features: • Thumb tab provides protection to restrain pipe in rough job site conditions. Tab is not required to be bent for listed installation. • Offset edge eliminates abrasion. • Attaches easily to wood structure with two special #10 x 1 " hex head self-threading screws furnished with product. • Can be used as a single offset hanger by aligning "dimples" with top of mounting surface and utilizing two fasteners in two of the three holes provided. 1.s· (38.1mml 0 0 LISTED 1.5" I Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) as a hanger and restrainer to support fire sprinkler systems. Meets and exceeds requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. ____________ _,, Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number and pipe size. Patent# US2008/0129040A 1 CPVC Max Hanger Pipe size Spacing Part No. in. (mm) Ft. (m) 29-3/4 3/4" (20) 5'-6" (1.67) 29-1 1" (25) 6'-0" (1 .83) Reduced Spacing For IPS Pipe IPS Max. Hanger Pipe Size Spacing Part No. in. (mm) Ft (m) 29-3/4 3/4" (20) 1'-9" (1.67) 29-1 1" (25) 1'-10" (1.83) 0 ii) Approx. Wt./100 lbs. (kg) 18 (8.1) 19 (8.6) Double Offset 0 0 ~ 6\ Single Offset Install using a rechargeable electric drill fitted with a 5/16" (7.9mm) socket attachment with the special hex head self-tapping screws provided. Install screws until they bottom out. Pipe can be "snapped" into hanger before or after installation of the screws to the mounting surface. "Thumb tab" may be bent up to provide additional protection to the pipe, but is not required for performance of the hanger/ restrainer function. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 8-Line series Fire Protection Solutions 39 Eaton • CPVC Clamps TOLCO™ Fig. 27B -Speed Nut Size Range: -Fits screws supplied with all CPVC hangers. Material: -Steel Finish: -Pre-Galvanized (Zinc) Function : -To be used anywhere a screw cannot achieve full embedment due to thickness of wood structural material when installed. Fig. 27B allows full pull out load capacity of screws when installed to the standard screws supplied with all CPVC hangers (Fig. 22, Fig. 22L2, Fig. 23, Fig . 24, Fig. 28, Fig. 28M, Fig. 29, and B3184). Approx. Wt./100 Part No. lbs. (kg) 278 1.2 (0.5) Fig. 278 (1) Required High Side of Hanger Application Hanger Application Fig. 27B (2) Required rr-71 II II II II II II iL '~~~:::----:;-.:J;;;.:, '~v:----,,,\~, , , \\\\ , , ''» I\ /j11 A',_ / /II .,,,,.~-.,~_,./Y/ ,,;{;{-' ...., -j:.:> fl :r:'~--------- 11 II II II II II II II II II II II u_...11 Hanger and Restraint Application Hanger and Restraint Application Fig. 278 (2) Required All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 36 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Transitional Attachments TOLCO™ Fig. 980 -Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment -3/s" to 3/4" mounting hardware TOLCO™ Fig. 980H -Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment -7 /s" to 11/4'' mounting hardware Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1" (25mm) thru 2" (50mm), B-Line series 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (6.3mm) thick. Fig. 980 for 3t13" thru 3/4" hanger rod, bolt, or fastener. Fig. 980H for 7t13" thru 11/4'' hanger rod, bolt, or fastener. Material: Steel Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 -9.3.5.8.4 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Approvals: -Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA and Canada (cULus). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Fig. 980H is not FM Approved or UL Listed. Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-13. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and our "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or 4B to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13, FM DS 2-8, and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set screw until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact customer service for alternative finishes. Order By: Part number and finish. 980 c®us LISTED A <19 OPM APPROVED Set Screw Included D Mounting Hardware Is Not Included D US Patents #6,273,372, #6,517,030, #6,953, 174, #6,708,930, #7, 191 ,987, #7,441, 730, #7,669,806 Fig. 1001 Note: Fig . 980 swivel attachment and Fig. 1001, Fig. 1000, Fig. 2002, Fig. 4A, Fig. 4B or Fig. 4L pipe clamps make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Max. Horizontal Fig. 980 Brace Lateral Brace Max. Horizontal Design Loadff (FM) Fig. 980 Fig. 980 with Fig. 48 shown Longitudinal Brace Approx. Part No. A B D* Design Load (cULus) 30° -44° 45° -59° 60° -74° 75° -00° Wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. 980-3/e 51/4'' (133.3) 17/a'' (47.6) 13/32" 980-1/2 51/4'' (133.3) 17/a'' (47.6) 17/32" 980-5/e 51/4'' (133.3) 17/a" (47.6) 11/15" 980-3/4 51/4'' (133.3) 17/a'' (47.6) 13/15" 980H-7/e 63/4'' (171.4) 31/2'' (88.9) 15/15" 980H-1 63/4'' (171.4) 31/2'' (88.9) 11/16" 980H-11/e 63/4'' (171.4) 31/2'' (88.9) 13/16" 980H-11/4 63/4" 071.4) 31/2'' (88.9) 15/16" * Mounting attachment hole size . ** Installed with 1" or 11/4" Schedule 40 brace pipe. *** See OPM-0052-13 for capacities. (mm) lbf / (kN) (10.3) (13.5) 2015 (17.5) (8.96) (20.5) (23.8) (27.0) ***Fig. 980H (30.2) is not UL Listed (33.3) lbf / (kN) lbf / (kN) lbf / (kN) lbf /(kN) lbs. (kg) 149 (67.6) 1320 1970 2310 2550 148 (67.1) (5.87) (8.76) (10.27) (11.34) 147 (66.7) 146 (66.2) 402 (182.3) ***Fig. 980H is not FM Approved 400 (181.4) 397 (180.1) 390 (176.9) Eaton's 8-Line series seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other 8-Line series bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Eaton 8-Line Division warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Eaton 8-Line Division standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Eaton, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Eaton B-Line Division warranty, Eaton makes no warranty relating to B-Line series seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 28 8-Line series Seismic Bracing Products Seismic Bracing T0LC0™ Fig. 1001 -Sway Brace Attachment (UL Listed) Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1" (25mm) thru 8" (200mm) IPS . Pipe size used for bracing: 1" (25mm) and 11/4'' (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedule 7 through schedule 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe g, length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing in' pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in 3 visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. c=;· ! Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced g. and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom cc out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-13. For FM Approval information refer to FM Approved page 199. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1" (25mm) or 11/4'' (32mm)), and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Pipe Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 Size 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4'' (32mm) Brace Pipe in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) 1" (25) 1001-1 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) 11/4'' (32) 1001-11/4 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) P/2" (40) 1001-11/2 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/2X11/4 115.0 (52.1) 2" (50) 1001-2 X 1 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.8) 21/2'' (65) 1001-21/2 X 1 138.6 (62.8) 1001-21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 3" (80) 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168. 7 (76,5) 4" (100) 1001-4 X 1 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 6" (150) 1001-6 X 1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211 .4 (95.9) 8" (200) 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) Note: Metric sizes are available, contact factory. OPM Design Load -Lbs. Set Bolts Included For Brace Pipe Size 1" / 1¼" Sch. 7 Sch. 10 Sch.40 1" /1¼" 1" /11/4'' 1" / 1¼" --I --1000 / 1000 1000 I 1000 1000 I 1000 1000 I 1000 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 1500 / 1500 1500 / 1500 1000 I 1000 2015 / 2015 2015 / 2015 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 1600 I 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 c@us LISTED All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 198 B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports Seismic S stem Attachments TOLCO™ Fig. 4L -Longitudinal ,.In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2'' (65mm) thru 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel c@us <f9 OPM Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA and Canada (cULus) 21/2'' (65mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2'' (65mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-13. Installation: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal or 4-way sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and our structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13, FM DS 2-8, and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set screw until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to LISTED APPROVBJ Set Screw & Hardware Included D C proper brace angle. Brace Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized Order By: Part number and finish. Pipe Part No. Size A in. (mm) in. (mm) 4L-21/2 21/2'' (65) 67/16" (163.5) 4L-3 3" (80) 7" (177.8) 4L-4 4" (100) 81/2'' (215.9) 4L-5 5" (125) 93/411 (247.6) 4L-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 4L-8 8" (200) 131/4'' (336.5) C D in. (mm) in. 21/2'' (63.5) 23/4" 23/4'' (69.8) 31/16" 33/a" (85.7) 311/15" 37 /a" (98.4) 43/a" 5" (127.0) 51/a'' 55/a" (142.8) 55/a" Fig. 980 Fig. 4L Longitudinal Brace Max. Horizontal Approx. Bolt Size Design Load (cULuc) Wt./100 (mm) lbf (kN) lbs. (kg) (69.8) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 253 (114.7) 177.8) 1/2''-13 2015 (8.96) 268 (121.5) (93.7) 1/2''-13 2015 (8.96) 348 (157.8) (111.1) 1/2''-13 2015 (8.96) 380 (172.3) (130.2) 1/2''-13 2015 (8.96) 640 (290.3) (142.8) 1/2''-13 2015 (8.96) 728 (330.2) Pipe Max. Horizontal Max. Horizontal Design Load (FM) Part No. Size Design Load (cULuc) 30° -44° 45° -59° 60° -74° 75° -90° in. (mm) lbf /(kN) lbf /(kN) lbf / (kN) lbf /(kN) lbf / (kN) 4L-21/2 21/2'' (65) 2015 (8.96) 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 4L-3 3" (80) 2015 (8.96) 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 4L-4 4" (100) 2015 (8.96) 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 4L-5 5" (125) 2015 (8.96) 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 4L-6 6" (150) 2015 (8.96) 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 4L-8 8" (200) 2015 (8.96) 490 (2.18) 680 (3.02) 830 (3.69) 930 (4.13) A Eaton's B-Line series seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line series bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Eaton B-Line Division warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Eaton B-Line Division standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Eaton, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Eaton B-Line Division warranty, Eaton makes no warranty relating to B-Line series seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Seismic Bracing Products 35 Eaton TOLCO™ Fig. 3000 -CPVC Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: in 1" (25mm) thru 3" (80mm) pipe sizes Pipe size used for bracing 1" (25mm) Schedule 40 I PS Material: Steel Function: For bracing CPVC and steel pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 3000 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: The Fig. 3000 is UL Listed as a sway brace to be used with both CPVC and (IPS) steel sprinkler pipe, in 1" (25mm) through 3" (80mm) diameters. The unique design does not compress the CPVC pipe, and the brace pipe to system pipe offset keeps the brace pipe from leaving harmful residue and oils on the CPVC pipe. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary and requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Has a built-in visual verification of correct installation. See the following installation note. Installation Instructions: Slide the Fig. 3000 bracket over the brace member. Place the Fig. 3000 clamp over the pipe being braced, align the holes, and tighten the supplied bolts untill the underside of the bolt bottoms out against the Fig. 3000 clamp. The sway brace fitting is intended to be used with any Talco 900 series transitional or 800 series structural attachments. Note: Brace member may be over or under the braced pipe. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish: Electro-Galvanized Order By: Figure number and pipe size. Important Note: Fig. 3000 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires the Fig. 3000 must be used with other TOLCO bracing products. Fig. 3000 Clamp Part No. 3000-1 3000-1 1/4 3000-1 1/2 3000-2 3000-21/2 3000-3 CPVC or Pipe Size in. (mm) 1" (25) 11/4'' (32) 11/2" (40) 2" (50) 21/2" (65) 3" (80) H Height in. (mm) 325/32" (96.0) 41/8'' (104.8) 43/a" (111.1) 43/411 (120.6) 51/4'' (133.3) 57/a" (146.9) ···-... .. ··. ·· .. Brace Member / >/ w Max. Design Load Approx. Width UL Listed WtJ100 in. (mm) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kg) 41/4'' (107.9) 1000 (4.45) 126 (57.1) 41/z" (114.3) 1000 (4.45) 134 (60.8) 43/4" (120.6) 1000 (4.45) 141 (63.9) 6'' (152.4) 1000 (4.45) 214 (97.1) 61/2" (165.1) 1000 (4.45) 241 (109.3) 7" (177.8) 1000 (4.45) 263 (119.3) Seismic Bracing w -Supplied Bolts c@us LISTED (50.8) 15/a" (41.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports 197 Eaton en C 'y a, m CJ ·e en 'ii Cl) HIL Tl KCM-WF AND KCM-PD ANCHOR CAPACITIES PER NFPA 13-2016 HIL Tl GREY KCM-WF 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", AND 3/4" DIAMETER MUL Tl- THREAD CAST-IN ANCHOR HILTI GREY KCM-PD 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", AND 3/4" DIAMETER MUL Tl- THREAD CAST-IN ANCHOR HIL Tl ORANGE KCM-WF 3/8" AND 1/2" DIAMETER MULTI-THREAD CAST-IN ANCHOR • HILTI KCM-WF AND KCM-PD ANCHOR CAPACITIES PER NFPA 13-2016 TABLE 1: HILTI GREY KCM-WF AND KCM-PD 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", AND 3/4" DIAMETER MULTI-THREAD CAST-IN ANCHOR WITH 3/4" DIAMETER LOW GRADE BOLTS AND THREADED ROD: ASTM A36, ASTM A 307, ASTM F1554 GRADE 351 ,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 NFPA 13-2016 CAPACITIES USING BRACE ANGLE FROM VERTICAL, POUNDS FASTENER ORIENTATION A FASTENER ORIENTATION B FASTENER ORIENTATION C NORMAL WEIGHT MINIMUM MINIMUM 30-44 DEGREES 45-59 DEGREES 60-90 DEGREES MINIMUM MINIMUM SPACING CONCRETE CONCRETE EDGE BETWEEN THICKNESS PRYING FACTOR (Pr) BASED ON TOLCO FIG. 909 STRENGTH DISTANCE ANCHORS (smm) (hmm) 2.626 1.002 0.873 (fc) FpwAllow 3,000 PSI 10.50" 9" 6" 560 1102 1194 4,000 PSI 9.25" 9" 6" 627 1198 1291 5,000 PSI 8.25" 9" 6" 682 1273 1367 6,000 PSI 7.50" 9" 6" 730 1335 1429 NORMAL PRYING FACTOR (Pr) BASED ON TOLCO FIG. 980 AND FIG. 910 WEIGHT MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM SPACING CONCRETE CONCRETE EDGE BETWEEN THICKNESS 3.275 1.156 0.844 STRENGTH DISTANCE ANCHORS (smm) (hm,n) (fc) FpwAllow 3,000 PSI 10.50" 9" 6" 468 1010 1217 4,000 PSI 9.25" 9" 6" 527 1103 1314 5,000 PSI 8.25" 9" 6" 576 1177 1391 6,000 PSI 7.50" 9" 6" 618 1238 1453 TABLE 2: HILTI GREY KCM-WF AND KCM-PD 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", AND 3/4" DIAMETER MULTI-THREAD CAST-IN ANCHOR WITH 3/4" DIAMETER HIGH GRADE BOLTS AND THREADED ROD: ASTM F1554 GRADE 105, ASTM A 193 GRADE B7, ASTM A 3251·2·3•4·5·6·7·8 NFPA 13-2016 CAPACITIES USING BRACE ANGLE FROM VERTICAL, POUNDS NORMAL FASTENER ORIENTATION A FASTENER ORIENTATION B FASTENER ORIENTATION C WEIGHT MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM SPACING CONCRETE 30-44 DEGREES EDGE CONCRETE DISTANCE BETWEEN THICKNESS STRENGTH ANCHORS (smm) (hmm) (fc) 2.626 3,000 PSI 19" 9" 6" 587 4,000 PSI 19" 9" 6" 678 5,000 PSI 17.25" 9" 6" 758 6,000 PSI 15.75" 9" 6" 830 NORMAL WEIGHT MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM SPACING CONCRETE CONCRETE EDGE BETWEEN THICKNESS 3.275 STRENGTH DISTANCE ANCHORS (smm) (hm,n) (fc) 3,000 PSI 19" 9" 6" 471 4,000 PSI 19" 9" 6" 544 5,000 PSI 17.25" 9" 6" 608 6,000 PSI 15.75" 9" 6" 666 1 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL VERIFY THE ADEQUACY OF THE STRUCTURE. 2 45-59 DEGREES 60-90 DEGREES PRYING FACTOR (Pr) BASED ON TOLCO FIG. 909 1.002 0.873 FpwAllow 1344 1482 1552 1712 1685 1854 1796 1970 PRYING FACTOR (Pr) BASED ON TOLCO FIG. 980 FIG. 910 1.156 0.844 FpwAllow 1209 1518 1396 1753 1520 1897 1624 2015 THE TABLE IS INTENDED TO BE USED IN CONJUCTION WITH NFPA 13 2016. PER NFPA 13 2016 SECTION 9.3.5.12.8.3 AND ANNEX SECTION E.7, ANCHOR TENSION AND SHEAR STRENGTH CAPACITIES ARE CALCULATED PER ACI 318-14 CHAPTER 17 AND ICC ESR 4145, THEN DIVIDED BY 1.4, THEN DIVIDED BY OVER STRENGTH FACTOR,. = 2.0 AND MULTIPLIED BY 1.2. NOTE 1/(1.4 • 2.0) • 1.2 = 0.43. TENSION LOAD APPLIED TO ANCHOR HAS BEEN MULTIPLIED BY PRYING FACTOR Pr. 3 FpwAJtow = ALLOWABLE HORIZONTAL SEISMIC DESIGN FORCE BASED UPON BRACE CONFIGURATION AND THE FOLLOWING EQUATION T= TENSION FORCE ON ANCHOR BASED ON FpwAllow • P, ( ) ( ) V = SHEAR FORCE ON ANCHOR BASED ON Fpw!Uaw /.~ + ,._,, :S 1.2 Taiiow = TENSION STRENGTH CAPACITY PER ICC ESR 4145 • 0.43 - V.,,,,,, = SHEAR CAPACITY PER ICC ESR 4145 • 0.43 4 FpwAJtow CONSIDERS ADEQUACY OF THREADED ROD/BOLT INTO ANCHOR. FpwAIIOw DOES NOT CONSIDER ADEQUACY OF HINGE OR BRACE. 5 CONCRETE IS ASSUMED TO BE NORMAL WEIGHT. 6 THE ANCHOR IS A BRITTLE STEEL ELEMENT AS DEFINED BY ACI 318-14 CHAPTER 17. 7 ANCHOR PROPERTIES PER ICC-ES EVALUATION REPORT ESR-4145 ISSUED FEBRUARY 2018, REVISED APRIL 25, 2018. 8 FASTENER ORIENTATION A,B,C CORRESPOND TO NFPA 13 2016 FIGURE 9.3.5.12.1. HILTI KCM-WF AND KCM-PD ANCHOR CAPACITIES PER NFPA 13-2016 TABLE 3: HILTI ORANGE KCM-WF 3/8" AND 1/2" DIAMETER MULTI-THREAD CAST-IN ANCHOR WITH 1/2" DIAMETER LOW GRADE BOLTS AND THREADED ROD: ASTM A36, ASTM A 307, ASTM F1554 GRADE 351,2,3,4,5,6, 7,8 NFPA 13-2016 CAPACITIES USING BRACE ANGLE FROM VERTICAL, POUNDS NORMAL FASTENER ORIENTATION A FASTENER ORIENTATION B FASTENER ORIENTATION C WEIGHT MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM SPACING CONCRETE 30-44 DEGREES 45-59 DEGREES 60-90 DEGREES CONCRETE EDGE BETWEEN THICKNESS STRENGTH DISTANCE ANCHORS (Sm;n) (hmm) PRYING FACTOR (Pr) BASED ON TOLCO FIG. 909 (fc) 2.626 1.002 0.873 FpwAllow 3,000 PSI 5" 6.5" 6" 220 423 457 4,000 PSI 5" 6.5" 6" 253 488 527 5 000 PSI 5" 6.5" 6" 277 524 563 6,000 PSI 5• 6.5" 6" 297 550 590 NORMAL PRYING FACTOR (Pr) BASED ON TOLCO FIG. 980 AND FIG. 910 WEIGHT MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM SPACING CONCRETE EDGE 3.275 1.156 0.844 CONCRETE DISTANCE BETWEEN THICKNESS STRENGTH ANCHORS (smm) (hmm) FpwAllow (fc) 3,000 PSI 5" 6.5" 6" 184 389 465 4,000 PSI 5" 6.5" 6" 213 449 537 5,000 PSI 5" 6.5" 6" 233 483 573 6 000 PSI 5" 6.5" 6" 251 509 600 1 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL VERIFY THE ADEQUACY OF THE STRUCTURE. 2 THE TABLE IS INTENDED TO BE USED IN CONJUCTION WITH NFPA 13 2016. PER NFPA 13 2016 SECTION 9.3.5.12.8.3 AND ANNEX SECTION E.7, ANCHOR TENSION AND SHEAR STRENGTH CAPACITIES ARE CALCULATED PER ACI 318-14 CHAPTER 17 AND ICC ESR 4145, THEN DIVIDED BY 1.4, THEN DIVIDED BY OVER STRENGTH FACTOR ',= 2.0 AND MULTIPLIED BY 1.2. NOTE 1/(1.4 • 2.0) • 1.2 = 0.43. TENSION LOAD APPLIED TO ANCHOR HAS BEEN MULTIPLIED BY PRYING FACTOR Pr. 3 FpwAlow = ALLOWABLE HORIZONTAL SEISMIC DESIGN FORCE BASED UPON BRACE CONFIGURATION AND THE FOLLOWING EQUATION T= TENSION FORCE ON ANCHOR BASED ON FpwAIIOW • P, V = SHEAR FORCE ON ANCHOR BASED ON FpwAlow T-= TENSION STRENGTH CAPACITY PER ICC ESR 4145 • 0.43 v_ = SHEAR CAPACITY PER ICC ESR 4145 • 0.43 'FpwAJIOw CONSIDERS ADEQUACY OF THREADED ROD/BOLT INTO ANCHOR. FpwAllowDOES NOT CONSIDER ADEQUACY OF HINGE OR BRACE. 5 CONCRETE IS ASSUMED TO BE NORMAL WEIGHT. 6 THE ANCHOR IS A BRITTLE STEEL ELEMENT AS DEFINED BY ACI 318-14 CHAPTER 17. 7 ANCHOR PROPERTIES PER ICC-ES EVALUATION REPORT ESR-4145 ISSUED FEBRUARY 2018, REVISED APRIL 25, 2018. 8 FASTENER ORIENTATION A,B,C CORRESPOND TO NFPA 13 2016 FIGURE 9.3.5.12.1. ' REFERENCES D I Per f P 13, ig e A FP. 13,201 Fi ur 3. , 12.2 1f E 1.2 p FP 13 2 ecti o .3. . 2.8.2 B To co C F p Pr Pr Pr Pr 2.62 .002 G. 'n .15 3 1002 ns .AL Pr 3.478 G Pr 11 Lc,o-, .. g g Pr l'r Pr .·140 1 0 C ry Ea oa REFERENCES D= E= F= er e ic a St ct al e be REFERENCES es tions eet __ _ C dd ss: d ss: B g n: , lu ·• de O rientaticm of COIIITTec:4i r: Di orm. GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION MINI-UNDERCUT+ TM Internally Threaded Undercut Anchor PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The Mini-Undercut+ anchor is an internally threaded, se~-undercutting anchor designed for performance in cracked and uncracked concrete. Suitable base materials include post-tension concrete (PT slabs), hollow-core precast concrete, normal-weight concrete and sand-lightweight concrete. The Mini-Undercut+ anchor is installed into a pre-drilled hole with a power tool and a setting tool. After installation a steel element is threaded into the anchor body. The result is an anchor which can provide consistent behavior at shallow embedments as low as 3/4 of an inch. GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES • Tension zones, seismic and wind loading applications • Suspended Conduit FEATURE AND BENEFITS • Fire Sprinkler & pipe supports • Cable Trays and Strut • Suspended Lighting + Ideal for precast hollow-core plank and post-tensioned concrete slabs + Cracked concrete tested alternative to a mini dropin anchor + ANSI carbide stop bit with enlarged shoulder for accurate drill depth + Anchor design allows for shallow embedment as low as 3/4 of an inch + Internally threaded anchor for easy adjustment and removability of threaded rod or bolt + Drill and drive the anchor with one tool for fast anchor installation APPROVALS AND LISTINGS • International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-3912 for Concrete and Hollow-Core precast slabs, code compliant with the International Building Code/International Residential Code: 2018 IBC/IRC, 2015 IBC/IRC, 2012 IBC/IRC, and 2009 IBC/IRC • Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2 (including ASTM E 488) and ICC-ES AC193 for use in concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 /08 Appendix D • Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchors) • FM Approvals (Factory Mutual) -File No. J.I. 3059197 GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS CSI Divisions: 03 16 00 -Concrete Anchoring and 05 05 19 -Post Installed Concrete Anchors. Expansion anchors shall be Mini-Undercut+ as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. DIWALI -n·1owers SECTION CONTENTS General lnfonnation ......................... 1 Installation Instructions .................. 2 Reference Data (ASD) ...................... 3 Strength Design (SD) ....................... 4 Ordering Information ....................... 6 MINI-UNDERCUT+ THREAD VERSION • UNG Thread ANCHOR MATERIALS • Zinc plated carbon steel ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYP.) • 3/8" SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS • Post-Tension Concrete • Precast Hollow-Core Plank • Normal-weight concrete • Lightweight concrete conE US'I'EI) ICC-ES ESR-3912 CONCREIE DDA D•WALT DESIGN ASSIST www.DEWALT.com INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (USING SOS PLUS SYSTEM) .......... /: f: -'~:,: /:,: -·~: '," ,~:, : .. q ., "' " VP> ., Using the required stop drill bit, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth using the shoulder of the drill bit as a guide. The tolerances of the drill bit used must meet the requirements of ANSI Standard B212.15. t> i:7 .,.' .• ! . •• ... 't .' Remove dust and debris from the hole during drilling (e.g. dust extractor) or following drilling (e.g. suction forced air) to extract loose particles created by drilling. Attach the required SOS setting tool to the hammer-drill. Mount the open end of the anchor onto the setting tool. Drive the anchor into the hole until the shoulder of the anchor is flush with the base material. Thread the rod or bolt by hand until snug tight (minimum of 4 full rotations). Installation lnfonnation for Mini-Undercut+ Anchor and Supplemental lnformation1·2·3 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS .'~: -_: -'~: ,_: ·'\_: /~ , : /~ , /3~ ., ., /3~ f., /1~ ., Do not further tighten with adjustable wrench or similar tool. Allcllar' ........,/Selllng .......... Synlllal Unlll Nanllllallncllal' ....... (lncll) 318 Anchor outside diameter da in. 0.625 (mm) (15.9) Internal thread diameter (UNC) d in. 3/8 (mm) (9.5) Nominal drill bit diameter dbit in. 5/8 (mm) ANSI Minimum nominal embedment depth h~ in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Effective embedment depth her in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Hole depth ho in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Overall anchor length (before setting) t anch in. 15/16 (mm) (24) Approximate tool impact power (hammer-drill) J 2.1 to 3.0 Minimum diameter of hole clearance in fixture for dh in. 7/16 steel insert element (following anchor installation) Minimum member thickness in concrete hmin in. 2-1/2 (mm) (64) Minimum cover thickness in hollow core concrete hmln,core in. 1-1/2 slabs (see Hollow-Core concrete figure) (mm) (38) Minimum edge distance Cmin in. 2-1/2 (mm) (64) Minimum spacing distance Smin in. 3 (mm) (76) Maximum installation torque Tmax ft.-lb. 5 (N-m) (7) Effective tensile stress area Ase in.2 0.044 (undercut anchor body) (mm2) (28.4) Minimum specified ultimate strength futa psi 95,000 (N/mm~ (655) Minimum specified yield strength fya psi 76,000 (N/mm2) (524) I Uncracked concrete /3.nr lbf/in. 50,400 Mean axial stiffness• I /3cr Cracked concrete lbf/in. 29,120 For SI: 1 inch= 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m. 1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable. 2. For installation detail for anchors in hollow-core concrete slabs, see Hollow-Core concrete figure. 3. The embedment depth, hnom, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor. 4. Mean values shown, actual stiffness varies considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. 1-800-4DEWALI REFERENCE DATA ~D) Mini-Undercut+ Anchor Detail • J. •• • i .. <l I • <l .hm1~ k · STOP DRILL BIT • , ·f anch 'i" <l I ; I k==H===lll I d.-,.~===:91-MINI-UNDERCUT+ Before After SETTING TOOL Mini-Undercut+ Anchor Installed with Steel Insert Element . ' -. ' - 4 ; .-4~, _::>·: 4 ~ ~d~~' :_-4 ~-' . -_ ... ·. ~l f ' ~ f Do not exceed ~ Do not e~ceed (!:=: REFERENCE DATA (ASD) Ultimate and Allowable Tension Load capacities for Mini-Undercut+ in Normal-Weight Concrete1•2•3·4 ...... ---111111nm CencnaC ........ Slralglll Rad/ ...... re = 3,000 ps1 (28.7 ... , re = 4,000 1111 (27.8 ... , ...... Elnllld. ....... ...... ..... ........ ....... Dlplll d In. , .... -, ...... -Tlllllan -, ..... -In. (nn) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. (ldQ (ldQ (ldQ (kl) (ldQ (kl) (kl) (kl) 3/8 3/4 1,535 1,975 385 495 1,770 2,275 445 570 (19) (6.8) (8.8) (1.7) (2.2) (7.9) (10.1) (2.0) (2.5) 1. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in concrete. Concrete compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. 2. Allowable load capacities are calculated using an applied safety factor of 4.0. 3. Linear interpolation may be used to determine allowable loads tor intermediate compressive strengths. 4. For lightweight concrete, tabulated values must be multiplied by 0.60. Uttimate and Allowable Tension Load capacities for Mini-Undercut+ in Hollow-Core Plank1•2•3 ....... CGncn111 em, ...... ...._ ..... ........ Rad/ ...... re= 5,0001111 (34.1 ... , fc = 8,000 psi (41.4 ... , re= a,ooo psi (15.2 ... , ...... EnllNld. ....... ........ ..... ........ ....... ........ ...... ...... d In. , ...... -, .... -, .... -, .... -, .... In. ,_, .. 1111 .. ... .. .. .. .. .. (ldQ (kl) (ldQ (ldQ (kl) (ldQ (kl) (kl) (ldQ 3/8 3/4 1,855 2,590 465 650 2,035 2,835 510 710 2,345 (19) (8.3) (11.5) (2.1) (2.9) (9.1) (12.6) (2.3) (3.2) (10.4) 1. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in concrete. Concrete compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. 2. Allowable load capacities are calculated using an applied safety factor of 4.0. 3. Linear interpolation may be used to determine allowable loads for intermediate compressive strengths. Mini-Undercut+ Installed Detail for Anchor in the Underside of Hollow-Core Concrete slabs 1 12" Max. Mini-Undercut+ (Typ) -, ...... -.. ... .. (kl) (kl) (lrl) 3,275 585 820 (14.6) (2.6) (3.6) www.DEWALT.com STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Tension Design Information for Mini-Undercut+ Anchors in the Underside of Concrete and the Underside of Hollow-Core Concrete Slabs1•2·3·4·5·6·7·8 STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) - t-~o_.,_E_u_s_,,._,E_.,_ A:\ ICC-ES ESR-3912 w Design Cbaraclaltslc Nolatlan Unlls Namlnal AnclD' Size/ 1hreldld Rod Dlanlllll' (Inell) 3/8 Anchor category 1, 2 or 3 1 Nominal embedment depth hnom in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Steal Strenglll In Tension (ACI 318-1417.4.1 IN' ACI 318-11 D.5.1) Steel strength in tension Nsa lb 4,180 (kN) (18.6) Reduction factor for steel strength <p 0.65 Concna Bnakoul Strenglll In Tension (ACI 318-1417.4.2 IN' ACI 318-11 D.5.2) Effective embedment het in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete koocr 24 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kcr 17 Modification factor for cracked and Pc,N 1 . 0 (see note 5) uncracked concrete Critical edge distance -splitting Cac in. 2.5 (uncracked concrete only) (mm) (64) Reduction factor, concrete breakout strength3 <p 0.40 Puloul Strenglll In Tension (ACI 318-1417.4.3 IN' ACI 318-11 D.5.3) Pullout strength, uncracked concrete Np,uncr lb See note 7 (kN) Pullout strength, cracked concrete Np,cr lb 455 (kN) (2.0) Reduction factor, pullout strength </J 0.40 PuRout Strength In Tension For Seismic Appllcatlons (ACI 318-1417.2.3.3 IN' ACI 318-11 D.3.3.3) Characteristic pullout strength, seismic Np,eq lb 410 (kN) (1 .82) Reduction factor, pullout strength, seismic <p 0.40 For SI: 1 inch= 25.4 mm, 1 ksi = 6.894 N/mm2; 1 lbf = 0.0044 kN. 1. The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable, shall apply. 2. Installation must comply with manufacturer's published installation instructions and details. 3. All values of <pare applicable with the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3, or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2. 4. The threaded rod or bolt strength must also be checked, and the controlling value of </1.'Jsa between the anchor and rod must be used for design. 5. Select the appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (kcr) or uncracked concrete (koocr) and use l/fc,N = 1.0. 6. The characteristic pullout strength for concrete compressive strengths greater than 2,500 psi for anchors may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c / 2,500)0-5 for psi or (f'c I 17.2}°'5. For hollow-core concrete slabs the characteristic pullout strength for concrete compressive strengths greater than 6,000 psi for anchors may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by (f'c / 6,000}°'5 for psi or (f'c / 41.4)o.5• 7. Reported values for characteristic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.5. 8. Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided the modification factor A.a equal to 0.8.A is applied to all values of ffe affecting Nn and Vn. A shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. 1-800-4 DEWALi STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Shear Design lnfonnation for Mini-Undercut+ Anchors in the Underside of Concrete and the Underside of Hollow-Core Concrete Slabs1·2·3·4·5·6·7 __ c_,._,._,._~ _u_s_·i·_E_n_, A!\ _ ICC-ESESR-3912 w Design Clllrldlllsllc Notallon Units Nallllllal Ancllor Size/ n......... Rod ....... (Inell) 318 Anchor category 1, 2 or 3 1 Nominal embedment depth hnom in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Stael Strength In Shear (ACI 318-14 17.5.1 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1) Steel strength in shear Vsa. lb 985 (kN) (4.4) Reduction factor, steel strength <P 0.60 Stael Strength In Shear for Seismic (ACI 318-1417.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3.3) Steel strength in shear, seismic Vsa.,eQ lb 895 (kN) (4.0) Reduction factor, steel strength in shear, seismic <P 0.60 Concr8t8 Bnakou1 Strength In Shear (ACI 318-1417.5.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2) Load bearing length of anchor in shear le in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Nominal outside anchor diameter da in. 0.625 (mm) (15.9) Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength c/> 0.45 Pryaut Strength In Shear (ACI 318-1417.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3) Coefficient for pryout strength kcp 1.0 Effective embedment het in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Reduction factor, pryout strength c/> 0.45 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 0.0044 kN. 1. The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-17 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable shall apply 2. Installation must comply with manufacturer's published installation instructions and details. 3. All values of <pare applicable with the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3, or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2. 4. The strengths shown in the table are for the Mini-Undercut+ anchors only. Design professional is responsible for checking threaded rod strength in tension, shear, and combined tension and shear, as applicable. 5. Reported values for steel strength in shear are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.4 and must be used for design in lieu of the calculated results using equation 17.5.1.2b of ACI 318-14 or equation 0-29 in ACI 318-11 0.6.1 .2. 6. Reported values for steel strength in shear for the Mini-Undercut+ anchors are for seismic applications and based on test results in accordance with ACI 355.2, Section 9.6 and must be used for design. 7. Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided the modification factor A.a equal to 0.8A is applied to all values of ffe affecting Nn and Vn. A shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. Steel Desi n lnfonnation for Threaded Rod Elements Used wHh Mini-Undercut+ Anchors1·2•3·4 .,............... S,mllal Unlls 3ll-lllcll Threaded rod nominal outside diameter drod in. 0.375 Threaded rod effective cross-sectional area Ase in.2 0.078 Nominal tension strength of threaded rod as Nsa.,rod lb governed by steel strength ASTM A36 or F1554, 4,525 Nominal tension strength of threaded rod as Grade 36 Nsa.,roo,eq lb governed by steel strength, seismic 4,525 Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as Vsa.roo lb governed by steel strength ASTM A36 or F1554, 2,695 Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as Grade 36 Vsa..roo,eq lb governed by steel strength, seismic 1,900 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 in2 = 645.2 mm2. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 1. Values provided for steel element material types, or equivalent, based on minimum specified strengths; Nsa.roo and Vsa.roo calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Eq. 17 .5.1.2a and Eq. 17.5.1.2b or ACI 318-11 Eq. 0-28 and Eq. 0-29, respectively, as applicable. Vsa,roo,eq must be taken as 0.7 Vsa.roo. 2. qx-Jsa shall be the lower of qx-Jsa.roo or qx-Jsa for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading q,.,Jsa.eq shall be the lower of c/>Nsa,rrxt.eq or q,.,Jsa.eq. 3. q>Jsa shall be the lower of q>Jsa.roo or q>Jsa for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading q>Jsa.eq shall be the lower of q>Jsa.roo.eq or </Nsa.eq. 4. Strength reduction factor shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17 .3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable, for steel elements. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, governed by steel strength of ductile steel elements shall be taken as 0.75 for tension and 0.65 for shear. The values of c/> applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, are used in accordance wtih ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable. www.DEWALT.com